HP LJ M607 M608 M609 M610 M611 M612 E60055 E60065 E60075 E60155 E60165 E60175 M631 M632 M633 M634 M635 ABR 21 MS PC v01
HP LJ M607 M608 M609 M610 M611 M612 E60055 E60065 E60075 E60155 E60165 E60175 M631 M632 M633 M634 M635 ABR 21 MS PC v01
Service Manual
www.hp.com/videos/LaserJet
www.hp.com/support/ljM607 www.hp.com/support/ljE60055
www.hp.com/support/ljM608 www.hp.com/support/ljE60065
www.hp.com/support/ljM609 www.hp.com/support/ljE60075
www.hp.com/support/ljM610 www.hp.com/support/ljE60155
www.hp.com/support/ljM611 www.hp.com/support/ljE60165
www.hp.com/support/ljM612 www.hp.com/support/ljE60175
www.hp.com/support/ljM631MFP www.hp.com/support/ljE62555MFP
www.hp.com/support/ljM632MFP www.hp.com/support/ljE62565MFP
www.hp.com/support/ljM633MFP www.hp.com/support/ljE62575MFP
www.hp.com/support/ljM634MFP www.hp.com/support/ljE62655MFP
www.hp.com/support/ljM635MFP www.hp.com/support/ljE62665MFP
www.hp.com/support/ljM636MFP www.hp.com/support/ljE62675MFP
HP LaserJet Enterprise M607, M608, M609
HP LaserJet Enterprise M610, M611, M612
HP LaserJet Managed E60055, E60065, E60075
HP LaserJet Managed E60155, E60165, E60175
HP LaserJet Enterprise MFP M631, M632, M633
HP LaserJet Enterprise MFP M634, M635, M636
HP LaserJet Managed MFP E62555, E62565, E62575
HP LaserJet Managed MFP E62655, E62665, E62675
-Service Manual
SUMMARY
Learn about printer theory of operation, how to diagnose and solve printer problems, and how to remove and replace
supported printer service parts.
Copyright and License
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing
herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial
errors or omissions contained herein.
ENWW iii
iv Revision history ENWW
Conventions used in this guide
Learn about the conventions used in this publication.
CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the product.
WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury,
catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.
ENWW v
vi Conventions used in this guide ENWW
HP service and support
Learn about HP access to additional service and support information.
Channel partners go to partner.hp.com, and then use the steps below to access the HP Web-based Interactive
Search Engine (WISE).
● Service manuals
● Service advisories
● Printer specifications
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:
Americas (AMS)
● WISE - English
● WISE - Spanish
● WISE - Portuguese
● WISE - French
● WISE - English
● WISE - Japanese
● WISE - Korean
ENWW vii
● WISE - Chinese (traditional)
● WISE - Thai
● WISE - English
The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.
ENWW ix
Remove and replace the staple cartridge (MFP) .......................................................................................... 48
Print a cleaning page ........................................................................................................................................ 50
Automatic cleaning page .................................................................................................................................. 51
Clean the Tray 1 pickup roller .......................................................................................................................... 52
Clean the Tray 1 separation roller .................................................................................................................. 56
Clean the Tray 2-x rollers (SFP) ....................................................................................................................... 61
Clean the Tray 2-x rollers (MFP) ...................................................................................................................... 81
Input devices ......................................................................................................................................................................... 103
Clean the Tray 2-x rollers (SFP) .................................................................................................................... 104
Clean the Tray 2-x rollers (MFP) ................................................................................................................... 124
x ENWW
Defeating interlocks ........................................................................................................................................ 275
LED Diagnostics (formatter) .......................................................................................................................... 277
Disable cartridge check .................................................................................................................................. 280
Print/stop test .................................................................................................................................................. 281
Individual component diagnostics ................................................................................................................ 283
Diagrams: Block diagrams ............................................................................................................................. 289
Diagrams: External plug and port locations ............................................................................................... 302
Diagrams: Major component locations ........................................................................................................ 305
Diagrams: General timing chart .................................................................................................................... 324
Diagrams: General circuit diagrams ............................................................................................................. 325
Internal test and information pages ............................................................................................................ 337
Copy menu (MFP) ............................................................................................................................................ 346
Scan menu (MFP models only) ..................................................................................................................... 349
Print menu ........................................................................................................................................................ 349
HP JetAdvantage menu (MFP models only) ............................................................................................... 350
Quick Sets menu (MFP models only) ........................................................................................................... 350
Contacts menu (fax models only) ................................................................................................................ 350
Supplies menu ................................................................................................................................................. 351
Trays menu ...................................................................................................................................................... 353
Reports menu .................................................................................................................................................. 355
Settings menu ................................................................................................................................................. 357
Support Tools menu ....................................................................................................................................... 361
Service menu ................................................................................................................................................... 366
Printer resets ................................................................................................................................................... 371
Format Disk and Partial Clean functions ..................................................................................................... 373
Troubleshooting power-on or blank control panel problems ...................................................................................... 376
Troubleshooting an unresponsive printer ....................................................................................................................... 378
Engine diagnostics ............................................................................................................................................................... 381
Engine test ....................................................................................................................................................... 381
Defeating interlocks ........................................................................................................................................ 382
Control panel troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................... 385
Control panel system diagnostics (MFP) ..................................................................................................... 386
Control panel diagnostic flowcharts (M553x, M555, M577, M578, and E57540) ................................ 407
Control panel messages document (CPMD) .................................................................................................................... 411
Solve paper handling problems ........................................................................................................................................ 412
Clear paper jams ............................................................................................................................................. 413
Printer feeds incorrect page size .................................................................................................................. 461
Printer pulls from incorrect tray ................................................................................................................... 461
Printer will not duplex or duplexes incorrectly (duplex models) ............................................................ 462
Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X ............................................................................................................. 462
Output is curled or wrinkled .......................................................................................................................... 463
ENWW xi
The printer does not pick up paper .............................................................................................................. 463
The printer picks up multiple sheets of paper ............................................................................................ 464
The document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper (MFP) ................................. 464
Paper does not feed automatically .............................................................................................................. 464
Image-quality troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................................... 466
Print-quality troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................ 467
Copy-quality troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 483
Printer specific image defects ....................................................................................................................... 493
Performance and connectivity troubleshooting ............................................................................................................. 508
Solve fax or email problems ......................................................................................................................... 508
Solve performance problems ....................................................................................................................... 509
Solve connectivity problems ......................................................................................................................... 513
Solve fax or email problems .............................................................................................................................................. 515
xii ENWW
Removal and replacement: Input accessories ......................................................................................... 1263
Removal and replacement: Output accessories ...................................................................................... 1535
Removal and replacement (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/
E60165/E60175) .............................................................................................................................................................. 1631
Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories ............................................................................... 1632
Customer self-repair (CSR) B parts and accessories .............................................................................. 1689
Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors (base printer) .................................. 1710
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (base printer) .......................................... 1827
Remove and replacement: Trays ............................................................................................................... 2117
Removal and replacement: Input accessories ......................................................................................... 2121
Removal and replacement: Output accessories ...................................................................................... 2366
ENWW xiii
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 5) (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/
E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................................... 2572
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 5) (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/
E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................................... 2574
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 5) (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/
E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................................... 2576
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/
E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175) ............................................................................................................... 2578
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body components (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/
M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175) ................................................................................... 2580
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................... 2582
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body components (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ..................................................................................... 2584
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................... 2586
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ..................................................................................... 2588
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................... 2590
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ..................................................................................... 2592
Parts and diagrams: 2,550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................... 2594
Parts and diagrams: 2,550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ............................................................................................................... 2596
Parts and diagrams: 2,100-sheet feeder stand covers (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/
E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175) ............................................................................................................... 2598
Parts and diagrams: 2,100-sheet feeder stand main body (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/
E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175) ............................................................................................... 2600
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin covers (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/
M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175) ................................................................................... 2602
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main body (1 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/
M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175) ....................................................................... 2604
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main body (2 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/
M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175) ....................................................................... 2606
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ..................................................................................... 2608
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675) ..................................................................................... 2610
Alphabetical parts list ....................................................................................................................................................... 2612
Numerical parts list ........................................................................................................................................................... 2659
xiv ENWW
Appendix A Certificate of Volatility ..................................................................................................................................................... 2705
Certificate of Volatility ....................................................................................................................................................... 2705
ENWW xv
xvi ENWW
1 Printer information, configurations, and
specifications
ENWW 1
Information (document feeder and scanner)
Learn about the document feeder and scanner.
5 2
4
Item Description
1 Document feeder
2 Image scanner
6 HIP cover
Technical specifications
Learn about the document feeder and scanner specifications.
Review the technical specifications for the document feeder and scanner.
Table 2-1 Copy and scan specifications (document feeder and scanner)
Copy and scan features M631 M632 M633 M634 M635 M636
1 2
3
8
4
7 6 9
Number Description
M608x, M609x: Color touchscreen display control panel (tilts up for easier viewing)
2 Output bin
4 On/off button
6 Tray 2
9 1x550-sheet paper feeder, Tray 3 (included with the M608z and M609z models; optional for the other models)
6
8
7
Number Description
2 Output bin
4 On/off button
6 Tray 2
7 1x550-sheet paper feeder, Tray 3 (included with the M611x and M612x models; optional for the other models)
4
3
5
2
1
Number Description
5 Power connection
3
2
1
Number Description
3 Power connection
2 3
1
4
5
6
12 7
1
8
2 9
11 10 21
13 22
20
14
23
15
24
3
19 3
16
18
17
8 Formatter (contains the interface ports) 20 HP Stapling Mailbox (included with the
M631z, M632z, and M633z)
9 Slot for a cable-type security lock 21 Hardware integration pocket (for connecting
accessories and third-party devices)
8
2 9
11 10 19
15 20
18
14
21
13
16 3
22
17 3
6 Right door (access for clearing jams) 18 HP Stapling Mailbox (included with the
M634z, M635z, and M636z)
8 Formatter (contains the interface ports) 20 Keyboard (M634h, M635z, and M636z only.
Pull the keyboard straight out to use it.)
9 Slot for a cable-type security lock 21 Stapler door (included with the M634z,
M635z, and M636z)
5
Number Description
● M607n - K0Q14A
● M607dn - K0Q15A
● M608n - K0Q17A
● M608dn - K0Q18A
● M608x - K0Q19A
● M609dn - K0Q21A
● M609x - K0Q22A
● M610dn - 7PS82A
● M611dn - 7PS84A
● M611x - 7PS85A
● M612dn - 7PS86A
● M612x - 7PS87A
● M631dn - K0Q14A
● M631h - K0Q15A
● M631z - K0Q19A
● M632h - K0Q17A
● M632fht, - K0Q18A
● M632z - K0Q20A
● M633fh - K0Q21A
● M633z - K0Q22A
1x550-sheet paper feeder Optional Optional Optional (not available for the
M631z)
NOTE: The printer supports as
many as six input trays.
1x550-sheet feeder plus 2,100- Optional Optional Included with the M632z and
sheet high-capacity feeder M633z
Integrated HP Wi-Fi Direct Not supported Not supported M631z and M633z
accessory for printing from
mobile devices
● M634dn - 7PS94A
● M634h - 7PS95A
● M634z - 7PS96A
● M635fht - 7PS98A
● M635h, - 7PS97A
● M635z - 7PS99A
● M636fh - 7PT00A
● M636z - 7PT01A
Prints 52 pages per minute Not supported Not supported Not supported
(ppm) on A4 and 55 ppm on
letter-size paper
Prints 52 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and Not supported Not supported
55 ppm on letter-size paper
Fax Optional
Fax
Table 4-46 Dimensions for the printer with a 1x550-sheet paper feeder
Table 4-48 Dimensions for the printer with a 2,100-sheet HCI with stand
Table 4-62 Dimensions for the printer with a 1x550-sheet paper feeder
Table 4-63 Dimensions for the 1x550-sheet paper feeder with stand
Table 4-64 Dimensions for the printer with a 1x550-sheet paper feeder with stand
Table 4-65 Dimensions for the 1x550-sheet feeder and 2,000-sheet HCI with stand
Measurement Accessory fully closed Accessory fully opened
Table 4-66 Dimensions for the printer with a 1x550-sheet feeder and 2,000-sheet HCI with stand
HP recommends that 30 mm (1.81 in) be added to the printer dimensions to make sure there is sufficient space
to open doors and covers, and to provide proper ventilation. See Printer dimensions (SFP) on page 29 and/or
Printer dimensions (MFP) on page 32.
CAUTION: Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not convert
operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the printer warranty.
Operating-environment range
In order to operate properly, the printer must be in an environment that meets certain specifications.
ENWW 39
Document feeder / scanner
Learn about the printer document feeder and scanner installation and maintenance.
Clean the pickup rollers and separation pad in the document feeder (MFP)
Learn about cleaning the document feeder rollers and pads.
Over time, specks of debris might collect on the document feeder rollers and pads which can affect performance.
NOTE: The figures in this topic show a typical MFP printer. However, the procedure is correct for all MFP
printers.
Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and document feeder white plastic backing, which
might cause print defects. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner if the printed pages have streaks,
unwanted lines, black dots, poor print quality, or unclear text.
1. Press the power button to turn the printer off, and then disconnect the power cable from the electrical
outlet.
3. Clean the scanner glass (callout 1) and the document feeder strips (callout 2, callout 3) with a soft cloth or
sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.
CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on
any part of the printer; these can damage the printer. Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen.
They might seep and damage the printer.
NOTE: If you are having trouble with streaks on copies when you are using the document feeder, be sure
to clean the small strips of glass on the left side of the scanner (callout 2, callout 3).
4. Dry the glass and white plastic parts with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
NOTE: An MFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
10. Pack the used toner cartridge into the box that the
new cartridge came in. Adhere the prepaid
shipping label to the box, and return the used
cartridge to HP for recycling.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Support Tools, and
then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Maintenance, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Calibration/Cleaning, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Cleaning page, and then press the OK button.
TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print (at the bottom of the control-panel display), and then press the OK
button to print the cleaning page.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Maintenance
– Calibration/Cleaning
3. Touch Cleaning Page, and then touch the Print button to print the cleaning page.
NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until the
cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.
TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Support Tools, and
then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Maintenance, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Calibration/Cleaning, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Cleaning page, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the desired automatic cleaning page interval, and then press the OK
button to print the cleaning page.
6. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Done (at the bottom of the control-panel display), and then press the OK
button.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Maintenance
– Calibration/Cleaning
– Cleaning Page
3. Touch the desired automatic cleaning page interval, and then touch the Done button.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
Figure 5-2 Release two tabs and remove the pickup roller
▲ Clean the Tray 1 rollers, and then reverse the removal steps to reinstall them.
▲ Use a damp, lint-free cloth to gently clean the roller and pad.
CAUTION:
1. Do the following:
Figure 5-4 Install the pickup roller and release two tabs
2. Do the following:
Figure 5-5 Install the pickup roller cover and close two tabs
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
▲ Clean the Tray 1 rollers, and then reverse the removal steps to reinstall them.
▲ Use a damp, lint-free cloth to gently clean the roller and pad.
CAUTION:
Figure 5-10 Open one tab and install the tray 1 separation roller
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
Figure 5-12 Hold up the lifting plate and attach two hinge shafts
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Open the paper tray for which the rollers will be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not extend more than one paper tray at a time. Do not use the paper tray as a step. Keep
hands out of the paper trays when closing. All trays must be closed when moving the printer.
● Go to step 8.
6. Tray 3 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, open the rear lower cover.
b. Go to step 8.
Figure 5-24 Tilt the tool down, and then remove the separation roller
NOTE: The tool will be used to install the new separation roller.
Figure 5-25 Remove the orange tool from the separation roller
15. Locate and pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers.
Figure 5-27 Pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers
Figure 5-28 Slide the blue tab left, compressing the left blue post until it clicks
17. Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post. Make sure that the roller is clear of
the black post on the right.
Figure 5-29 Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post
Figure 5-30 Lift up the front of the roller assembly and pull away to remove it
1 2
19. If the left post does not stay in the locked position, press the end of the post left until it clicks into place.
Figure 5-31 Securely lock the left post into position by pressing the end left until it clicks
CAUTION:
1. Align the arrow on the roller assembly with the arrow in the printer, and then slide the rollers into the
printer.
Figure 5-33 Align the roller assembly and slide the rollers into the printer
Figure 5-34 Slide the rollers to the right onto the black shaft
3. Confirm correct installation: The white hook on the top of the roller assembly (callout 1) will hook onto a
sheet metal plate (callout 2) when installed correctly.
Figure 5-35 Correctly install the white hook onto a sheet metal plate
NOTE: The blue shaft should spring to the right to click into position to hold the rollers in place.
5. Remove the orange tool from the roller assembly by pulling it away from the printer.
NOTE: The blue arrow on the printer is hidden when the cover is correctly snapped into place.
Figure 5-38 Pivot the tab up and snap it to lock the rollers correctly in place
7. Incorrect installation: If the rollers are hanging, or at an angle, they are not installed correctly.
Figure 5-40 Correctly attach the rollers top hook to the metal chassis plate inside the printer
9. Install the orange separation roller tool onto the replacement separation roller.
NOTE: The tool will snap into place when it is fully installed.
Figure 5-41 Install the replacement separation roller onto the orange tool
1
2
11. When installed correctly, the embossed arrow on the roller case aligns with the white tab on the rail.
Figure 5-43 Install the roller over the white tab with the arrow aligned
a. Align the center of the roller with the end of the metal shaft.
b. Slide the roller to the right onto the metal shaft until it snaps into place.
13. Remove the orange tool by pulling it away from the printer.
15. Tray 3 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, close the rear lower cover.
17. Tray 2 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, close the rear door.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Open the paper tray for which the rollers will be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not extend more than one paper tray at a time. Do not use the paper tray as a step. Keep
hands out of the paper trays when closing. All trays must be closed when moving the printer.
2. Tray 2 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, open the right door.
● Go to step 9.
b. Go to step 9.
8. M631z/M632fht/Flow M632z/FlowM633z printers only: Open the right door of the paper feeder.
a. Release the green tab, and then lower the feed assembly cover.
b. Go to step 9.
Figure 5-63 Tilt the tool down, and then remove the separation roller
NOTE: The tool will be used to install the new separation roller.
Figure 5-64 Remove the orange tool from the separation roller
16. Locate and pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers.
Figure 5-66 Pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers
Figure 5-67 Slide the blue tab left, compressing the left blue post until it clicks
18. Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post. Make sure that the roller is clear of
the black post on the right.
Figure 5-68 Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post
Figure 5-69 Lift up the front of the roller assembly and pull away to remove it
1 2
20. If the left post does not stay in the locked position, press the end of the post left until it clicks into place.
Figure 5-70 Securely lock the left post into position by pressing the end left until it clicks
CAUTION:
1. Align the arrow on the roller assembly with the arrow in the printer, and then slide the rollers into the
printer.
Figure 5-72 Align the roller assembly and slide the rollers into the printer
Figure 5-73 Slide the rollers to the right onto the black shaft
3. Confirm correct installation: The white hook on the top of the roller assembly (callout 1) will hook onto a
sheet metal plate (callout 2) when installed correctly.
Figure 5-74 Correctly install the white hook onto a sheet metal plate
NOTE: The blue shaft should spring to the right to click into position to hold the rollers in place.
5. Remove the orange tool from the roller assembly by pulling it away from the printer.
NOTE: The blue arrow on the printer is hidden when the cover is correctly snapped into place.
Figure 5-77 Pivot the tab up and snap it to lock the rollers correctly in place
7. Incorrect installation: If the rollers are hanging, or at an angle, they are not installed correctly.
Figure 5-79 Correctly attach the rollers top hook to the metal chassis plate inside the printer
9. Install the orange separation roller tool onto the replacement separation roller.
NOTE: The tool will snap into place when it is fully installed.
Figure 5-80 Install the replacement separation roller onto the orange tool
1
2
11. When installed correctly, the embossed arrow on the roller case aligns with the white tab on the rail.
Figure 5-82 Install the roller over the white tab with the arrow aligned
a. Align the center of the roller with the end of the metal shaft.
b. Slide the roller to the right onto the metal shaft until it snaps into place.
13. Remove the orange tool by pulling it away from the printer.
15. M631z/M632fht/Flow M632z/FlowM633z printers only: Close the right door of the paper feeder.
17. Tray 3 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, close the right lower cover.
19. Tray 2 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, close the right door.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Open the paper tray for which the rollers will be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not extend more than one paper tray at a time. Do not use the paper tray as a step. Keep
hands out of the paper trays when closing. All trays must be closed when moving the printer.
● Go to step 8.
6. Tray 3 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, open the rear lower cover.
b. Go to step 8.
Figure 5-103 Tilt the tool down, and then remove the separation roller
NOTE: The tool will be used to install the new separation roller.
Figure 5-104 Remove the orange tool from the separation roller
15. Locate and pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers.
Figure 5-106 Pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers
Figure 5-107 Slide the blue tab left, compressing the left blue post until it clicks
17. Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post. Make sure that the roller is clear of
the black post on the right.
Figure 5-108 Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post
Figure 5-109 Lift up the front of the roller assembly and pull away to remove it
1 2
19. If the left post does not stay in the locked position, press the end of the post left until it clicks into place.
Figure 5-110 Securely lock the left post into position by pressing the end left until it clicks
CAUTION:
1. Align the arrow on the roller assembly with the arrow in the printer, and then slide the rollers into the
printer.
Figure 5-112 Align the roller assembly and slide the rollers into the printer
Figure 5-113 Slide the rollers to the right onto the black shaft
3. Confirm correct installation: The white hook on the top of the roller assembly (callout 1) will hook onto a
sheet metal plate (callout 2) when installed correctly.
Figure 5-114 Correctly install the white hook onto a sheet metal plate
NOTE: The blue shaft should spring to the right to click into position to hold the rollers in place.
5. Remove the orange tool from the roller assembly by pulling it away from the printer.
NOTE: The blue arrow on the printer is hidden when the cover is correctly snapped into place.
Figure 5-117 Pivot the tab up and snap it to lock the rollers correctly in place
7. Incorrect installation: If the rollers are hanging, or at an angle, they are not installed correctly.
Figure 5-119 Correctly attach the rollers top hook to the metal chassis plate inside the printer
9. Install the orange separation roller tool onto the replacement separation roller.
NOTE: The tool will snap into place when it is fully installed.
Figure 5-120 Install the replacement separation roller onto the orange tool
1
2
11. When installed correctly, the embossed arrow on the roller case aligns with the white tab on the rail.
Figure 5-122 Install the roller over the white tab with the arrow aligned
a. Align the center of the roller with the end of the metal shaft.
b. Slide the roller to the right onto the metal shaft until it snaps into place.
13. Remove the orange tool by pulling it away from the printer.
15. Tray 3 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, close the rear lower cover.
17. Tray 2 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, close the rear door.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Open the paper tray for which the rollers will be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not extend more than one paper tray at a time. Do not use the paper tray as a step. Keep
hands out of the paper trays when closing. All trays must be closed when moving the printer.
2. Tray 2 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, open the right door.
● Go to step 9.
b. Go to step 9.
8. M631z/M632fht/Flow M632z/FlowM633z printers only: Open the right door of the paper feeder.
a. Release the green tab, and then lower the feed assembly cover.
b. Go to step 9.
Figure 5-142 Tilt the tool down, and then remove the separation roller
NOTE: The tool will be used to install the new separation roller.
Figure 5-143 Remove the orange tool from the separation roller
16. Locate and pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers.
Figure 5-145 Pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers
Figure 5-146 Slide the blue tab left, compressing the left blue post until it clicks
18. Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post. Make sure that the roller is clear of
the black post on the right.
Figure 5-147 Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post
Figure 5-148 Lift up the front of the roller assembly and pull away to remove it
1 2
20. If the left post does not stay in the locked position, press the end of the post left until it clicks into place.
Figure 5-149 Securely lock the left post into position by pressing the end left until it clicks
CAUTION:
1. Align the arrow on the roller assembly with the arrow in the printer, and then slide the rollers into the
printer.
Figure 5-151 Align the roller assembly and slide the rollers into the printer
Figure 5-152 Slide the rollers to the right onto the black shaft
3. Confirm correct installation: The white hook on the top of the roller assembly (callout 1) will hook onto a
sheet metal plate (callout 2) when installed correctly.
Figure 5-153 Correctly install the white hook onto a sheet metal plate
NOTE: The blue shaft should spring to the right to click into position to hold the rollers in place.
5. Remove the orange tool from the roller assembly by pulling it away from the printer.
NOTE: The blue arrow on the printer is hidden when the cover is correctly snapped into place.
Figure 5-156 Pivot the tab up and snap it to lock the rollers correctly in place
7. Incorrect installation: If the rollers are hanging, or at an angle, they are not installed correctly.
Figure 5-158 Correctly attach the rollers top hook to the metal chassis plate inside the printer
9. Install the orange separation roller tool onto the replacement separation roller.
NOTE: The tool will snap into place when it is fully installed.
Figure 5-159 Install the replacement separation roller onto the orange tool
1
2
11. When installed correctly, the embossed arrow on the roller case aligns with the white tab on the rail.
Figure 5-161 Install the roller over the white tab with the arrow aligned
a. Align the center of the roller with the end of the metal shaft.
b. Slide the roller to the right onto the metal shaft until it snaps into place.
13. Remove the orange tool by pulling it away from the printer.
15. M631z/M632fht/Flow M632z/FlowM633z printers only: Close the right door of the paper feeder.
17. Tray 3 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, close the right lower cover.
19. Tray 2 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, close the right door.
ENWW 147
Document feeder / scanner
Learn about the printer document feeder and scanner components.
● Deskew operation
The printer supports single-pass electronic duplexing (e-duplex) copy jobs. Two separate scan modules scan the
front-side and back-side of an e-duplex copy job page in a single pass through the document feeder.
For some printer bundles, this ADF supports a smart background feature which auto-crops and adjusts the
image extents (see printer specifications for more information).
● ADF paper present sensor: Detects whether a document is present in the document feeder. If paper is
present in the document feeder when copies are made, the printer scans the document using the
document feeder. If no paper is present when copies are made, the printer scans the document using the
scanner glass.
● ADF Y (length) sensor: Detects whether a legal-size original is present in the document feeder.
● ADF jam cover sensor: Detects whether the document feeder cover is open or closed.
● ADF paper path deskew sensor: Detects the top of the page as it enters the deskew rollers.
● ADF paper path pick success sensor: Detects a successful one page feed from the document feeder tray.
NOTE: This sensor uses ultrasonic sound to detect a multi-page paper feed.
● Paper path sensor 1: Detects the top of the page as it approaches the front-side scan module (document
feeder glass).
4
Table 6-1 Document feeder sensors
Item Description
NOTE: For an e-duplex copy job, this sensor is used to activate the
front-side scan module (in the scanner base) and the front-side
background selector (in the document feeder), if needed.
5 ADF jam cover sensor (open the jam access cover and insert a
folded piece of paper to activate the flag)
1. The ADF jam cover sensor detects when the cover door is in the closed position.
2. The ADF paper present sensor activates when paper is loaded onto the input tray.
3. The feed motor rotates to raise the lift plate and starts to pick the loaded paper.
4. The ADF multi-pick (ultrasonic) sensor activates when the leading edge of the media is driven past the
sensor. The printer firmware registers a successful pick operation.
5. The ADF paper path deskew activates when the leading edge of the paper passes it. The printer firmware
registers the leading edge of the paper position.
6. The leading edge of the paper drives into the nip point of the deskew drive roller and the deskew pinch
rollers. This creates a buckle of paper by the nip point for pick-skew correction.
7. The deskew motor rotates the deskew drive roller to pull the paper into the prescan drive roller.
8. The pick motor stops turning and allows both the pick and feed roller to turn freely while the paper is
pulled in by the deskew drive roller.
9. The feed motor rotates to drive the paper into the prescan front-side sensor. The firmware registers the
leading edge position of the paper as the multi-pick sensor activates.
10. The feed motor continues to rotate and drive the leading edge of the paper through the preset distance
from the multi-pick sensor to the front-side scan zone. The scanner begins the scanning and data retrieval
process.
11. The ADF multi-pick (ultrasonic) sensor deactivates when the trailing edge of the paper passes the sensor.
The firmware registers the trailing edge of the paper position.
12. The feed motor continues to rotate and drive the trailing edge of the paper through the preset distance
from the ADF multi-pick (ultrasonic) sensor to the front-side scan zone. The scanner ends the scanning and
data retrieval process.
13. The feed motor continues to rotate and ejects the trailing edge of the paper into the output bin.
– If the copy job is not complete, the ADF paper present sensor is active. The printer firmware detects
additional pages in the input tray and the process repeats.
NOTE: For an e-duplex copy job, the background scan operation begins immediately after the simplex
sequence of operation ends.
1. The feed motor continues to drive the paper until the leading edge activates the prescan back-side sensor.
The printer firmware registers the position of the leading edge of the paper.
2. The feed motor continues to rotate to drive the leading edge of the paper through the preset distance from
prescan back-side sensor to the back-side background selector scan zone. The back-side background scan
module begins scanning and retrieval of the data.
3. The prescan back-side sensor deactivates when the trailing edge of the paper passes it. The printer
firmware registers the trailing edge of the paper position.
4. The feed motor continues to rotate to drive the trailing edge of the paper edge past the back-side
background selector scan zone.
5. The feed motor continues to rotate and ejects the trailing edge of the paper into the output bin.
– If the copy job is complete, the ADF paper present sensor deactivates. The feed motor reverses
rotation to raise the pick roller.
– If the copy job is not complete, the ADF paper present sensor is active. The printer firmware detects
additional pages in the input tray and the process repeats.
Deskew operation
Learn about the document feeder deskew features.
NOTE: For printer deskew specifications, go the HP Web-based interactive Search Engine (WISE) and search for
HP LaserJet Enterprise, Managed, HP PageWide Pro, Enterprise, Managed - Skew Guide (C06363769).
Sliding side guides on the input tray make sure that the paper stack is correctly aligned at the center of the input
tray when paper is loaded in the tray. The correct position of the loaded paper is parallel with the direction of
travel into the document feeder paper path.
The document feeder further reduces paper skew due to improper loading of paper in the input tray by buckling
the paper to create a paper buffer.
The document feeder aligns the leading edge of the paper parallel with the deskew drive rollers before the
paper is driven further into the document feeder paper path.
NOTE: If the page to be copied is smaller than the minimal sliding guide setting, do not use the document
feeder for the copy job. Attempting to copy too small of a page using the document feeder might result in
document feeder jams and/or damage to the original page. Instead, use the flatbed glass to copy the page.
The document feeder hinges allow positioning the assembly vertically above the scanner glass to accommodate
the placement of books and other objects up to 25 mm (1.0 in) in height on the scanner glass. The document
feeder still closes (the bottom of the ADF is kept parallel to the scanner glass) and allows the printer to operate.
The document feeder will withstand a downward force of about 4.5 kg (10 lb) applied at the front edge center of
the assembly—when the fulcrum (such as the spine of a book) is located anywhere on the scanner glass and
parallel to its long axis—without breaking, deforming, detaching or experiencing performance degradation.
The document feeder hinges support the assembly in the open position and prevent the document feeder from
suddenly closing and causing damage or a loud noise.
The hinges can hold the document feeder static in all positions higher than 100 mm (3.93 in); measured at the
front of the assembly. Less than 2.3 kg (5 lb) of force is required to open or close the document feeder.
The hinges allow the document feeder to open to an angle of between 60º and 80º from the horizontal position
(this angle will not allow the printer to tip over).
The document feeder and control panel are attached to the scanner. If the scanner fails, it can be replaced as a
whole unit. The scanner replacement part does not include the document feeder, control panel, or SCB.
The printer routes all high-level processes through the formatter, which stores font information, processes the
print image, and communicates with the host computer.
● The engine-control system, which includes the high-voltage and low-voltage power supplies (HVPS and
LVPS), fuser control circuits, and the DC controller printed circuit assembly (PCA)
● The laser scanner system, which forms the latent image on the photosensitive drum
● The image-formation system, which transfers a toner image onto the paper
● The pickup, feed, and delivery system, which uses a system of rollers and belts to transport the paper
through the printer
● Optional accessories (paper feeder, paper decks, staple stacker multi-bin mailbox)
● MFP only: Integrated scanner assembly (document feeder and sub-scanner assembly)
The DC controller PCA controls the operating sequence, as described in the following table.
Waiting From the time the power is turned on, the door is ● Heats the fuser film in the fuser
closed, or when the printer exits Sleep mode until the
printer is ready for printing. ● Detects the toner cartridge
Standby From the end of the waiting sequence or the last ● Is in the Ready state
rotation, until the formatter receives a print command,
or until the printer is turned off. ● Enters Sleep mode if the formatter sends the
sleep command
Initial rotation From the time the formatter receives a print command ● Rotates each motor
until the paper enters the paper path.
● Rotates each fan
Printing From the time the first sheet of paper enters the paper ● Forms the image on the photosensitive drums
path until the last sheet has passed through the fuser.
● Transfers the toner to the paper
Last rotation From the time the last sheet of paper exits the fuser ● Stops each motor
until the motors stop rotating.
● Stops each fan
The engine-control system receives commands from the formatter and interacts with the other main systems to
coordinate all printer functions. The engine-control system consists of the following components:
● DC controller
DC controller
Image-formation system
Low-voltage power supply
Formatter
Fuser control
Input accessory
Output accessory
The DC controller controls the operation of the printer and its components. The DC controller starts the printer
operation when the printer power is turned on and the power supply sends DC voltage to the DC controller. After
the printer enters the standby period, the DC controller sends out various signals to operate motors, solenoids,
and other printer components based on the print command and image data that the host computer sends.
Switch
Motor
Clutch Clutch
Solenoid
LED High-voltage
power supply
Photointerrupter
Photointerrupter Switch
Transfer roller
Sensor
DC controller
Switch
Formatter
Fuser
Switch
AC input Low-voltage
power supply
Control panel
Input accessory
Laser scanner assembly
Motors
The printer has four motors. The motors drive the components in the paper-feed and image-formation systems.
● Start up failure: The motor does not reach a specified speed within a specified time from when the motor
starts.
● Rotational failure: The rotational speed of the motor is not in the specified range for a specified time after
the motor reaches a specified speed.
Fans
The printer has four fans for preventing the temperature from rising in the printer and for cooling the printed
pages.
The DC controller determines if there is a fan failure and notifies the formatter if the fan locks for a specified time
from when the fan starts.
(E60155/E60165/E60175 models)
(E62655/E62665/E62675 models)
Clutches
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/
E60175 models)
Switches
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/
E60175 models)
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/
E62675 models)
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/
E60175 models)
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/
E60175 models)
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/
E62675 models)
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/
E62675 models)
Photointerrupter sensors
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/
E60175 models)
Sensors
LEDs
The low-voltage power-supply (LVPS) circuit converts the AC power from the wall receptacle into the DC voltages
used by the printer components.
AC input
Fuse
FU2102 +24VF Fuse 24V interlock switch
FU605 SW1
+24VC1 +24VC2
Rectifying +24VA3
+24VA0
circuit +24VA2
FET
+24VA0
+24V
generation
circuit
+5VA +5VD +5VL
+3.3VF
+3.3VB2 +3.3VC
+5VA
FET +3.3VA
+5V
generation FET
circuit
FET
FET +3.3V
Protection generation
circuit circuit
DC controller
+5VE +5VA
Formatter +3.3VC
The low-voltage power supply converts the AC power into three DC voltages, which it then subdivides, as
described in the following table.
Over-current/over-voltage protection
The low-voltage power supply automatically stops supplying the DC voltage to the printer components
whenever it detects excessive current or abnormal voltage. The low-voltage power supply has a protective
circuit against over-current and over-voltage to prevent failures in the power supply circuit.
CAUTION: If DC voltage is not being supplied from the low-voltage power supply, the protective function might
be running. In this case, turn the power switch off and unplug the power cord.
Do not turn the power switch on until the root cause is found and corrected.
If the protective function is active, the DC controller notifies the formatter of a low-voltage power supply failure.
In addition, the low-voltage power supply has two fuses to protect against over-current. If over-current flows
into the AC line, the fuse stops the AC power.
For personal safety, the printer interrupts +24VB and +24VC power when the cartridge door detection switch is
turned off. This stops DC power supply to the high-voltage power supply (HVPS).
The printer also stops the +24VB power when the +24V interlock switch is turned off. This stops DC power
supply to the following loads:
● Drum motor
The remote switch control circuit turns on or off the printer power so that the AC power flows even when the
power switch is turned off. Unplug the printer power cord before disassembling the printer.
Function Behavior
Active OFF (state of sleep) The low-voltage power supply is output only to the formatter and
DC controller.
The DC controller controls the high-voltage power supply (HVPS) to generate biases. The high-voltage power
supply delivers the high-voltage biases to the following components used to transfer toner during the image-
formation process:
● Transfer roller
● Fuser film
● Pressure roller
Pressure roller
Fuser film
Cartridge
Static charge
eliminator
To primary charge roller
TRFRONT
FUSER
FILM
PRI DEV TR DIS
DC controller
● Primary-charging-bias generation
The primary charging bias negatively charges the surface of the photosensitive drum to prepare for image
formation.
● Developing-bias generation
The developing bias adheres toner to an electrostatic latent image formed on the photosensitive drum.
● Transfer-bias generation
The primary transfer bias transfers the toner from the photosensitive drum onto the paper.
The static charge eliminator bias eliminates the electric charge on the back side of the paper for stable
paper feed and print quality.
The printer uses instant-on fusing. The fuser bias is DC positive for improved print quality. The fuser bias
circuit is located in the high-voltage power supply.
The DC controller and components in the fuser perform the following functions related to fuser operation:
Fuser circuits
The fuser heater control circuit and the fuser heater safety circuit control the fuser temperature according to
commands from the DC controller. The fuser consists of the following major components:
TH1
TP
Pressure roller
TH2
Thermistor (contact type) TH1 Main thermistor Detects the center temperature
of the fuser heater
Thermistor (contact type) TH2 / TH3 Sub-thermistors Detects the edge temperature
of the fuser heater
FSAFE
RL2502
CURCK
Current
detection CURRMS
circuit
HEAT1
Fuser heater HEAT2
control circuit
FSAFE3
+24VC1
+24VF
TP
SUBTH2
TH3
MAINTH
TH1
SUBTH1
TH2
+3.3VF0
H1, H2 +3.3VC2
FSRNEW
Pressure roller
FU7002
Fuser
Fuser heater protection is a feature that detects excessive temperatures in the fuser and interrupts the power
supply to the fuser heater.
The following three protective components prevent the fuser heater from excessive rising temperature:
● DC controller
When a thermistor or sub-thermistor detects a temperature above a certain threshold, the DC controller
interrupts power to the specific heater.
The fuser heater safety circuit monitors the detected temperature of the sub-thermistors.
● Thermoswitch
If the temperature in the heaters is abnormally high, and the temperature in the thermoswitch exceeds a
specified value, the contact to the thermoswitch breaks.
The laser/scanner system forms the latent electrostatic image on the photosensitive drum(s) inside the toner
cartridge.
The DC controller receives instructions from the formatter regarding the image of the page to be printed. The DC
controller signals the lasers to emit light, and the laser beams pass through lenses and onto the scanner mirror,
which rotates at a constant speed. The mirror reflects the beam onto the photosensitive drum in the pattern
required for the image, exposing the surface of the drum so it can receive toner.
The main components of the laser/scanner system, which are controlled by signals sent from the DC controller,
are:
● Laser assembly
● Scanner mirror
DC controller
Laser ass’y
Scanner mirror
BD sensor
Photosensitive drum
The scanner motor does not reach a specified rotation frequency within a specified period of time from
when the laser/scanner starts up.
The laser/scanner motor does not reach a specified rotational frequency within a specified period of time
during a print operation.
Safety
Learn about laser/scanner safety.
The laser/scanner assembly has a mechanical laser shutter. For the safety of users and service technicians, the
laser shutter interrupts the optical path of the laser/scanner assembly when the following door is opened:
The image-formation system creates the printed image on the paper. The system consists of the following
components:
● Toner cartridge
● Transfer roller
● Fuser
● Laser/scanner
The DC Controller controls the internal components of the image formation system (according to commands
received from the formatter) to form the toner image on the photosensitive drum surface. The toner image is
then transferred to the print media and fused.
Cartridge
Transfer roller
DC controller
NOTE: The primary charging roller and developer roller are located in the toner cartridge.
Drum motor
● Photosensitive drum
● Developing roller
Fuser motor
● Pressure roller
SL2
M2 M1
DC controller
Abbreviation Component
M1 Fuser motor
M2 Drum motor
LED4950
PS4850
DC contoller
Abbreviation Component
Toner-level sensor
The image-formation process consists of seven steps divided into five functional blocks.
: Functional block
2. Primary charging
: Step Developing
1. Pre-exposure
4. Developing
Drum cleaning
8. Drum cleaning
Fusing Transfer
Latent image formation 2. Primary charging An invisible latent image forms on the
surface of the photosensitive drum.
Latent image formation 3. Laser-beam exposure An invisible latent image forms on the
surface of the photosensitive drum.
Drum cleaning 8. Drum cleaning Residual toner is removed from the drum.
Step 1: Pre-exposure
Learn about the image formation pre-exposure step.
Light from the pre-exposure LED strikes the surface of the photosensitive drum to remove any residual electrical
charges from the drum surface.
LED
Photosensitive drum
To prepare for latent image formation, the surface of the photosensitive drum is charged with a uniform
negative charge. The primary charging roller receives the primary charging bias, and then the roller charges the
drum by direct contact.
Photosensitive drum
The laser beam strikes the photosensitive drum to neutralize the negative charge on the portions of the drum
surface where the image will form. An electrostatic latent image forms where the negative charge was
neutralized. The neutralized areas on the drum are ready to accept toner.
Step 4: Development
Learn about the image formation development step.
A developing bias is applied to the developing roller. The toner acquires a negative charge as a result of the
friction from the developing roller rotating against the developing blade. Because the negatively charged surface
of the photosensitive drums were neutralized where they have been struck by the laser beam, the toner adheres
to those areas on the drums. The latent image becomes visible on the surface of the drum.
Developer roller
Developer blade
Developing bias
Photosensitive drum
The transfer bias is applied to the transfer roller to give the paper a positive charge. The positively charged paper
attracts the negatively charged toner from the photosensitive drum surface.
Photosensitive
drum
Paper
Transfer roller
Transfer bias
Step 6: Separation
Learn about the image formation separation step.
The elasticity of the paper and the curvature of the photosensitive drum cause the paper to separate from the
drum surface. The static charge eliminator reduces back side static discharge of the paper for stable paper
feeding and image quality.
Photosensitive
drum
Paper
Static charge eliminator
Transfer roller
Step 7: Fusing
Learn about the image formation fusing step.
The printer uses an on-demand fusing method to adhere the toner image onto the page. As the page passes
through the heated and pressurized rollers in the fuser the toner melts onto the page. The toner image is now
permanently fused to the page. A fusing bias applied to the pressure roller improves image quality.
Fuser film
Paper
Pressure roller
The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off the surface of the photosensitive drum and deposits it in the
toner collection portion of the cartridge or in an external toner collection unit (TCU). The drum is now clear and
ready for the next image-formation process.
Photosensitive
drum
Design
Learn about toner cartridge design features.
The toner cartridge is filled with toner and consists of the following components:
● Photosensitive drum
● Developer
● Primary-charging roller
● E-label
The DC controller rotates the drum motor to drive the photosensitive drum, developing roller, and the primary-
charging roller.
M2
SL2
Developer roller
Cartridge
Drum discharge No
Function Applied
Memory chip
Learn about the toner cartridge memory chip.
The memory chip is non-volatile memory that stores information about the usage of the toner cartridge and
helps protect the customer from counterfeit cartridges. This chip is also used to detect the presence of a
cartridge within the printer or when a cartridge is installed in the wrong slot. The printer reads and writes the
data in the memory chip.
Dynamic security
Learn about dynamic-security-enabled printers.
NOTE: All printer models might not support the Dynamic security feature.
Certain HP printers use cartridges that have security chips or electronic circuitry. Cartridges using a non-HP chip
or modified or non-HP circuitry* might not work. And, those that work today might not work in the future.
As is standard in the printing business, HP has a process for authenticating cartridges. HP continues to use
security measures to protect the quality of our customer experiences, maintain the integrity of our printing
systems, and protect our intellectual property. These measures include authentication methods that change
periodically and might prevent some third-party supplies from working now or in the future. HP printers and
original HP cartridges deliver the best quality, security and reliability. When cartridges are cloned or
counterfeited, the customer is exposed to quality and potential security risks, compromising the printing
experience.
*Non-HP Chips and modified or non-HP electronic circuitry are not produced or validated by HP. HP cannot
guarantee that these chips or circuitry will work in your printer now or in the future. If you are using non-original
HP cartridges, please check with your supplier to ensure your cartridge has an original HP security chip or
unmodified HP electronic circuitry.
JetIntelligence
Learn about JetIntelligence enabled printers.
● The authentication feature allows customers to specify the use of only genuine HP toner cartridges in the
printer.
● The anti-theft feature enables locking a cartridge to a specific printer or fleet of printers.
Authentication
The genuine HP authentication feature allows a customer to specify that only genuine HP supplies can be used in
a printer. If a non-HP or used supply is installed, the printer will not print. This feature is disabled by default, and
can be enabled or disabled from the control panel or the Embedded Web Server (EWS).
If a non-HP toner cartridge is used in a printer with this feature enabled, the message Unauthorized Cartridge
appears on the control-panel display.
NOTE: If a customer suspects they have a counterfeit cartridge, they should report it by going to
www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit and selecting Report now.
Anti-theft
The toner cartridge anti-theft feature allows a customer to configure the printer to automatically lock genuine
HP toner cartridges to a specific printer or fleet of printers when they are installed. A locked toner cartridge will
only work in the specified printer or fleet of printers. This feature prevents toner cartridges from being stolen
and used in another printer, or from being moved from an authorized printer to an unauthorized printer. This
feature is disabled by default, and can be enabled or disabled from the control panel, the Embedded Web Server
(EWS), or Web Jetadmin.
When the anti-theft feature is enabled, the toner cartridge in a printer will only work in the specified printer or
fleet of printers. If a locked toner cartridge is moved to another printer, the cartridge will not print and the
message Protected Cartridge appears on the control-panel display.
NOTE: When a toner cartridge is locked to a specific printer or fleet of printers, it cannot be unlocked. This is a
permanent operation.
The DC controller controls the pickup, feed, and delivery system according to commands from the formatter. The
pickup, feed, and delivery system uses a series of rollers to move the paper through the printer.
The pickup, feed, and delivery system consists of the following three functional blocks.
● Pickup-and-feed-block: Controls the movement of the paper from each pickup source to the fuser inlet
● Fuser-and-delivery-block: Controls the movement of the paper from the fuser to the delivery destination
● Duplex block: Controls the movement of the paper from the duplex switchback unit to the duplex re-pickup
unit (duplex models only)
Pickup-and-feed block
Duplex block
The following table shows the supported functions for the engine pickup, feed, and delivery system.
Function Supported
Media detection No
OHT detection No
The following figure shows the sensors and switches for the engine pickup, feed, and delivery system.
PS4450
PS4650
PS4500
PS4600
PS4350
PS4400
Abbreviation Component
The following figure shows the motors, clutches, and solenoids for the engine pickup, feed, and delivery system.
CL4
CL2
M2
M607/M608/M609 only M631/M632/M633 only
Table 6-20 Motors, clutches, and solenoids (engine pickup, feed, and delivery system)
Abbreviation Component
M1 Fuser motor
M2 Drum motor
M3 Lifter motor
The printer uses sensors to detect the paper as it moves through the paper path and to report to the DC
controller if the paper has jammed.
The following figure shows the location of the sensors in the paper path:
PS4450
PS4650
PS4500
M631/M632/M633 only
PS4400
PS3601
PS3401
PS4501
PS5601
Abbreviation Component
PS3401 Paper deck tray 1 feed sensor/HCI feed sensor (1x550-sheet paper deck, 3x550-sheet paper deck, 2,550-
sheet paper deck, and 2,100-sheet paper deck)
PS4501 Paper deck Tray 2 feed sensor (3x550-sheet paper deck and 2,550-sheet paper deck)
The printer determines that a jam has occurred if one of these sensors detects paper at an inappropriate time.
The DC controller stops the print operation and notifies the formatter.
● No pick jam 1
● No pick jam 2
● No pick jam 3
Printer Accessory
M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675
M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675
The 550-sheet paper feeder (PF) is installed under the printer. It picks up paper and feeds it into the printer.
The paper feeder controller controls the operational sequence of the paper feeder.
Motor
+3.3VB
+24VA
Clutch
Photointerruptor
Switch
The following figure shows the paper path when the 550-sheet paper feeder is installed.
The 550-sheet paper feeder has one motor for lifting the tray and feeding paper.
M2
CL3602
PS900
PS3601
PS3602
CL3601
M3601
The printer DC controller detects jams during pickup or feed from the 550-sheet paper feeder.
The 2,100-sheet HCI (high capacity input) paper deck is an optional accessory for the M607/M608/M609/
E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175 models.
The HCI paper deck is installed under the printer. It picks up paper and feeds it into the printer.
Motor
+3.3VB
+24VA
Clutch
Photointerruptor
Switch
The following figure shows the paper path when the 2,100-sheet HCI is installed.
The HCI paper deck has one motor for lifting the tray and feeding paper.
M2
CL3402
CL3401
PS900a
PS3402
SW3402 SW3401 PS3401
PS3403
M3401
SW3403
Table 6-25 Pickup and feed components for the 2,100-sheet HCI
The printer DC controller detects jams during pickup or feed from the HCI paper deck.
The 1x.550, 3x550, and 2,100-sheet paper decks are optional accessories for the M631/M632/M633/E62555/
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675 models.
The paper deck is installed under the printer. It picks up paper and feeds it into the printer.
The paper deck controller controls the operational sequence of the paper deck.
Figure 6-35 Controller for the 1x550, 3x550, and 2,550 paper decks
Motor
+3.3VB
+24VA
Clutch
Photointerruptor
Switch
The following figures show the paper path for the 1x550, 3x550, and 2,550 paper decks.
Figure 6-39 Pickup and feed components for 1x550 paper deck and 3x550 paper deck
M2
CL3402
PS900a
PS3401
SW3401 SW3402 PS3402
CL3401
PS900b CL4502
PS4502
SW4501 SW4502
CL4501
PS900c CL5602
PS5602
SW5601 SW5602
SW3403
CL5601
M5601 PS5603
Table 6-27 Pickup and feed components for 1x550 paper deck and 3x550 paper deck
Component type Abbreviation Component name 1x550 3x550
M2
CL3402
PS900a PS3401
SW3401 SW3402 PS3402
CL3401
M3401 PS4501
PS3403
PS900b CL4502
SW4501 PS4502
PS4503
CL4501
SW3403
M4501
Table 6-28 Pickup and feed components for 1x550 paper deck and 3x550 paper deck
Component type Abbreviation Component name
Table 6-29 Pickup and feed functions for the 1x550, 3x550, and 2,550 paper decks
The printer DC controller detects jams during pickup or feed from the paper deck.
An optional 2-bin or 5-bin staple stacker multi bin mailbox (SSMBM) is available for the printer.
Printer Accessory
Figure 6-41 Controller for the 2-bin staple stacker multi-bin mailbox
SSMBM
Motor
+5VB
+24VA
Fan
Photointerruptor
Switch
Fotmatter
The following figure shows the paper path for the 2-bin SSMBM.
The 2-bin SSMBM has six motors for the paper feed, paper alignment, and stapling.
M11 SS output motor Output bin 1 delivery roller, exit feed roller
M12 SS feed motor Output bin 2 delivery roller, inlet feed roller
The SSMBM has a fan that prevents the temperature from rising in the SSMBM. The SSMBM controller detects fan
failure.
Function Supported
Stacker mode No
Collator mode No
The SSMBM delivers paper from the printer to the specified output bin for each print job (mailbox mode).
M11
SL12
M12 M15
M17
SL13
SL11
Abbreviation Component
PS107 PS106
PS104
SW2
PS105
PS101 SW11
PS102
PS111
PS113 PS103
PS114
PS112 PS115
PS109
PS108
PS110
Abbreviation Component
The 2-bin SSMBM uses the following sensors to detect the presence of the paper and to check whether the
paper is being fed correctly.
PS102
PS103
PS110
Figure 6-46 Controller for the 5-bin staple stacker multi-bin mailbox
SSMBM
Motor
+5VB
+24VA
Fan
Photointerruptor
Switch
Fotmatter
The following figure shows the paper path for the 5-bin SSMBM.
The 5-bin SSMBM has six motors for the paper feed, paper alignment, and stapling.
M11 SS output motor Output bin 1 delivery roller, exit feed roller
M12 SS feed motor Output bin 2 delivery roller, inlet feed roller
The SSMBM has a fan that prevents the temperature from rising in the SSMBM. The SSMBM controller detects fan
failure.
Function Supported
Stacker mode No
Collator mode No
The SSMBM delivers paper from the printer to the specified output bin for each print job (mailbox mode).
M11
SL12
M12 M15
M17
SL13
M13
SL14
SL15
SL16
SL11
Abbreviation Component
PS107 PS106
PS104
SW1
PS105
PS101 SW2
PS102
PS111 SW11
PS113 PS103
PS114
PS112 PS115
PS109
PS108
PS116
PS110
PS120
PS117
PS121
PS118
PS122
PS119
Abbreviation Component
PS102
PS103
PS110
PS119
Channel partners go to partner.hp.com, and then use the steps below to access the HP Web-based Interactive
Search Engine (WISE).
● Service manuals
● Service advisories
● Printer specifications
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:
● WISE - English
● WISE - Spanish
● WISE - Portuguese
● WISE - French
● WISE - English
● WISE - Japanese
● WISE - Korean
● WISE - Thai
● WISE - English
The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.
If there is an issue with the front (E60155/E60165/E60175) or left (E62655/E62665/E62675) door lock, use the
following procedures to manually disengage it.
Open Tray 1 (callout 1), locate the door lock hole (callout 2).
Insert a small flat blade screwdriver (callout 3) into the hole, and then move the screwdriver left or right to
release the lock to open the front door (callout 4).
Insert a small flat blade screwdriver (callout 2) into the hole, and then move the screwdriver left or right to
release the lock to open the left door (callout 3).
2
1
ENWW Manually unlocking the front or left doors (managed printers) 231
Determine the problem source
When the printer malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation, the printer control panel alerts the user to
the situation.
This section contains a pre-troubleshooting checklist and a troubleshooting flow chart to filter out many possible
causes of the problem.
● Use the pre-troubleshooting check list to gather information about the problem from the customer.
● Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions. The flowchart
guides you to the section of this chapter that contains steps for correcting the malfunction.
NOTE: The customer is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in good condition.
Pre-troubleshooting checklist
The following table includes basic questions to ask the customer to quickly help define the problem(s).
● Is the power-supply plug inserted in the printer and the wall outlet (not a surge
protector)?
● Is the printer exposed to ammonia gas, such as that produced by diazo copiers or
office cleaning materials?
NOTE: Diazo copiers produce ammonia gas as part of the copying processes.
Ammonia gas (from cleaning supplies or a diazo copier) can have an adverse effect on
some printer components (for example, the toner cartridge or cartridges OPC).
● Is the printer exposed to an air conditioning or heating vent that can cause
temperature fluctuations?
● Are the paper guides aligned with the stack (no gaps in the stack or excessive
pressure causing the stack to bow)?
NOTE: If country/region specific toner cartridges are available for the printer, make sure
the correct cartridge is installed.
Transfer unit and fuser ● Are the transfer unit and fuser installed correctly?
NOTE: For printers with an intermediate transfer belt (ITB), is the ITB installed
correctly and fully seated. If a replacement ITB was installed, was all of the packing
materials removed?
● Was a toner cartridge (or cartridges) opened soon after being moved from a cold to a
warm room? If so, allow the toner cartridge (or cartridges) to sit at room temperature
for 1 to 2 hours.
Miscellaneous ● Check for and remove any non-HP components (toner cartridges, memory modules,
and EIO cards) from the printer.
● Remove the printer from the network and ensure that the failure is associated with
the printer before beginning troubleshooting.
● For any color print-quality issues (color printers only), calibrate the printer, and then
print a diagnostics page to verify print quality.
Troubleshooting flowchart
This flowchart highlights the general processes to follow to quickly isolate and solve printer hardware problems.
Each row depicts a major troubleshooting step. Follow a “yes” answer to a question to proceed to the next major
step. A “no” answer indicates that more testing is needed. Go to the appropriate section in this chapter, and
follow the instructions there. After completing the instructions, go to the next major step in this troubleshooting
flowchart.
Yes No If the event log does not print, check for error messages.
If paper jams inside the printer, see the jams section of the
printer service manual.
Yes No Compare the images with the sample defects in the Image-
quality troubleshooting section of this manual.
Yes. This is the end of the No Verify that all I/O cables are connected correctly and that a
troubleshooting process. valid IP address is listed on the HP Jetdirect configuration
page.
When the customer can print from the host computer, this
is the end of the troubleshooting process.
To download the most recent firmware upgrade for the printer, go to:
a. Select Get drivers, Software, and Firmware, and then select the appropriate product by name.
NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so that
the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.
c. Enter the product name in the Find my product dialogue box, and then select Go.
TIP: Click on the How do I find my product name/number? link to see a short video on identifying the
printer name and number.
NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so that
the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.
– Configuration/Status pages
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Reports, and then
press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration/Status Pages, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration Page, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the print icon . Press the OK button to print the pages.
Firmware Revision
Rev
HP LaserJet M
Sep\13\2019 6:56:00 AM
The firmware update might take 10 minutes or longer based on the input/output (I/O) transfer rates and the time
it takes for the printer to reinitialize.
4. Browse to the location that the firmware upgrade file was downloaded to, and then select the firmware file.
The file has a .bdl file extension. Select the Install button to perform the upgrade.
NOTE: Do not close the browser window OR interrupt communication until the HP Embedded Web Server
(EWS) displays the confirmation page.
5. After the printer reinitializes, print a configuration page and verify that the latest firmware version has been
installed.
1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo.
2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3 Administrator, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +1 Download, and then press the OK button.
4. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.
NOTE: If the error message No USB Thumbdrive Files Found displays on the control panel display, try
using a different portable storage device.
5. Use the arrow buttons to highlight USB Thumbdrive, and then press the OK button.
6. Use the arrow buttons to highlight the .bdl file, and then press the OK button.
TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for this
printer.
7. When the message Complete displays on the control panel display, turn the printer power off, and then on
again.
8. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade firmware
version was installed.
1 2
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3 Administrator, and then touch the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +1 Download, and then touch the OK button.
5. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.
NOTE: If the error message No USB Thumbdrive Files Found displays on the control panel display, try
using a different portable storage device.
6. Use the arrow buttons to highlight USB Thumbdrive, and then touch the OK button.
7. Use the arrow buttons to highlight the .bdl file, and then touch the OK button.
TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for this
printer.
8. When the message Complete displays on the control panel display, touch the down arrow button several
times until the message Continue displays.
9. Touch the OK button to begin the upgrade. When the upgrade is complete, the printer will initialize to the
Ready state.
10. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade firmware
version was installed.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to scroll to Support Tools, and
then press the OK button.
● Maintenance
3. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.
5. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade firmware
version was installed.
2. Turn the printer on, and then wait until it reaches the Ready state.
3. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
6. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.
7. Touch the .bdl file, and then touch the Upgrade button.
TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for this
printer.
● Upgrade
● Re-install
● Downgrade
9. When the upgrade is complete, the printer will initialize to the Ready state.
10. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade firmware
version was installed.
Engine test
Learn about troubleshooting the printer using the engine test diagnostic.
When the engine test is performed, a test page with lines prints if the engine is functioning correctly.
Use a small pointed object to depress the engine test button. The test page should have a series of lines that are
parallel to the short end of the page.
The test page can use only Tray 2 as the paper source, so make sure that paper is loaded in Tray 2.
NOTE: Depressing, and holding down, the test-page switch causes the printer to continually print test pages.
Release the switch to stop continuous test page printing.
TIP: Depending on the printer model, the engine test button is located on the right side or rear side of the
printer.
CAUTION: The Format Disk option performs a disk initialization for the entire disk. The operating system,
firmware files, and third party files (among other files) will be completely lost. HP does not recommend this
action unless it is specified as a solution in the CPMD.
TIP: The Pre-boot menu is also remotely accessible by using a telnet network protocol (Remote Admin) to
establish an administration connection to the printer.
2. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.
1 2
Button Description
Not used.
2. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo.
3. Use the arrow buttons on the control panel to navigate the Pre-Boot menu.
Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel
Use the following procedure to perform a cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel.
CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).
1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.
1 2
2. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then touch the OK button.
3. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +8:Startup Options item, and then touch the OK button.
4. Use the down arrow button to highlight the 2 Cold Reset item, and then touch the OK button to select it.
5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and then
touch the OK button.
Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a LCD control panel
Use the following procedure to perform a cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a LCD control panel.
CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).
2. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the down arrow button to highlight the 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button to select it.
5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and then
touch the OK button.
NOTE: Some of the pre-boot options in the following tables are not supported by the current version of the
printer firmware and are included for information only. Future versions of firmware will support these options.
Continue Selecting the Continue item exits the Pre-boot menu and
continues the normal boot process.
Administrator Download Network This item initiates a Pre-boot firmware download process. A
USB Thumbdrive option will work on all FutureSmart printers.
USB USB or Network connections are not currently supported.
USB Thumbdrive
Administrator Format Disk This item reinitializes the disk and cleans all disk partitions.
Administrator Partial Clean This item reinitializes the disk (removing all data except the
firmware repository where the master firmware bundle is
downloaded and saved).
Administrator Change Password Select this item to set or change the administrator password.
Administrator Clear Password Select the Clear Password item to remove a password from
the Administrator menu. Before the password is actually
cleared, a message will be shown asking to confirm that the
password should be cleared. Press the OK button to confirm
the action.
Administrator Manage Disk Clear disk Select the Clear disk item to enable using an external device
for job storage. Job storage is normally enabled only for the
(continued) Boot device. This will be grayed out unless the 99.09.68 error
is displayed.
Administrator Manage Disk Lock Disk Select the Lock Disk item to lock (mate) a new secure disk to
this printer.
The data stored on the secure disk locked to this printer always
remains accessible to this printer.
Administrator Manage Disk Leave Unlocked Select the Leave Unlocked item to use a new secure disk in an
unlocked mode for a single service event. The secure disk that
is already locked to this printer will remain accessible to this
printer and uses the old disk's encryption password with the
new disk.
Administrator Manage Disk Clear Disk Pwd Select the Clear Disk Pwd item to continue using the non-
secure disk and clear the password associated with the yet-to-
be installed secure disk.
Administrator Manage Disk Retain Password Select the Retain Password item to use the non-secure disk for
this session only, and then search for the missing secure disk
in future sessions.
Administrator Manage Disk Boot Device Secure Erase Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on the disk
and unlock it if required.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The ATA secure-erase command is a one-pass
overwrite, which erases the entire disk including firmware. The
disk remains an encrypted disk.
Administrator Manage Disk Boot Device Erase/Unlock Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically erase all
data on the disk and unlock the disk to allow a user to gain
access to it from any printer.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. It erases the encryption key. The encryption key is
erased, so the disk becomes a non-encrypted disk.
Administrator Manage Disk Boot Device Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is available.
Administrator Manage Disk Internal Device Select the Internal Device item to erase the internal device or
get a status about the internal device.
(continued) (continued)
Administrator Manage Disk Internal Device Secure Erase Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on the
disk and unlock it if required.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The ATA secure-erase command erases the entire
disk, including firmware. The disk remains an encrypted disk.
Administrator Manage Disk Internal Device Erase/Unlock Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically erase all of
the data on disk and unlock the disk to allow the user to gain
access to it from any printer.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The HP High Performance Secure Hard Disk is
erased.
Administrator Manage Disk Internal Device Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is available.
Administrator Manage Disk External Device Select the External Device item to erase the external device or
get status about the external device.
Administrator Manage Disk External Device Secure Erase Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on the
disk and unlock it if required.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled.
Administrator Manage Disk External Device Erase/Unlock Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically erase all of
the data on disk and unlock the disk to allow a user to gain
access to it from any printer.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files are
reinstalled. The encryption key is erased, so the disk becomes
a non-encrypted disk.
Administrator Manage Disk External Device Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is available.
Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode [DHCP] The network can be configured to obtain the network
settings from a DHCP server or as static.
(continued) NOTE: This
configuration is only Use this item for automatic IP address acquisition from the
active when the Pre- DHCP server.
boot menu is open.
Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode [STATIC] Use this item to manually assign the network addresses.
NOTE: This
configuration is only
active when the Pre-
boot menu is open.
Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode [STATIC] IP Address Use this item to manually enter the IP addresses.
NOTE: This
configuration is only
active when the Pre-
boot menu is open.
Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode [STATIC] Subnet Mask Use this item to manually enter the subnet mask.
NOTE: This
configuration is only
active when the Pre-
boot menu is open.
Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode [STATIC] Default Gateway Use this item to manually enter the default gateway.
NOTE: This
configuration is only
active when the Pre-
boot menu is open.
Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode [STATIC] Save Select the Save item to save the manual settings.
NOTE: This
configuration is only
active when the Pre-
boot menu is open.
Administrator Startup Options Select the Startup Options item to specify options that can
be set for the next time the printer is turned on and
(continued) initializes to the Ready state.
Administrator Startup Options Show Revision Not currently functional: Select the Show Revision item to
allow the printer to initialize and show the firmware version
when the printer reaches the Ready state.
Once the printer power is turned on the next time, the Show
Revision item is unchecked so that the firmware revision is
not shown.
Administrator Startup Options Cold Reset Select the Cold Reset item to clear the IP address and all
customer settings. (This item also returns all settings to
factory defaults.)
Administrator Startup Options Skip Disk Load Select the Skip Disk Load item to disable installed third-
party applications.
Administrator Startup Options Skip Cal Select the Skip Cal item to skip the printer calibration for the
very next power-initialization cycle only.
Administrator Startup Options Lock Service CAUTION: Select the Lock Service item to lock the Service
menu access (both in the Pre-boot menu and the Device
Maintenance menu).
Administrator Startup Options Skip FSCK Select the Skip FSCK item to disable Chkdisk/ScanVolume
during startup.
Administrator Startup Options First Power Not currently functional: This item allows the printer to
initialize as if it is the first time it has been turned on.
Select this item so that it is enabled for the next time the
printer power is turned on.
When the printer power is turned on the next time, this item
is unchecked so that the pre-configured settings are used
during configuration, and the first-time setting prompt is not
used.
Administrator Startup Options Embedded Jetdirect Select the Embedded Jetdirect Off item to disable the
Off embedded HP Jetdirect.
Administrator Startup Options WiFi Accessory Select the WiFi Accessory item to enable the wireless
accessory.
Administrator Diagnostics Memory Do Not Run Use the Do Not Run item to exclude the Memory diagnostic
when executing multiple diagnostics.
Administrator Diagnostics Short Use the Short item to select a brief memory test.
Administrator Diagnostics Long Use the Long item to select an extended memory test.
Administrator Diagnostics Disk Do Not Run Use the Do Not Run item to exclude the Disk diagnostic
when executing multiple diagnostics.
Administrator Diagnostics Short Use the Short item to select a brief firmware self-test.
Administrator Diagnostics Long Use the Long item to select an extended firmware self-test.
Administrator Diagnostics Optimized Use the Optimized item to select a test that checks the
active sectors on the disk.
Administrator Diagnostics Raw Use the Raw item to select a test that checks every sector
on the disk.
Administrator Diagnostics Smart Use the Smart item to select a very brief test that checks the
drive self-monitoring analysis and reporting technology
(SMART) status—the drive detects and reports reliability
indicators to help anticipate disk failures (SMART status).
Administrator Diagnostics CPB Use the CPB item to verify the integrity of the copy
processor board (CPB) and the formatter PCA connections.
Administrator Diagnostics Interconnect Use the Interconnect item to verify the integrity of the
interconnect PCA (ICB) and its connections.
Administrator Diagnostics Run Selected Select the Run Selected item to execute a selected test.
Administrator Remote Admin Start Telnet The Remote Admin item allows a service technician to access to
the printer Pre-boot menu remotely, and to navigate the menu
(continued) selections from a remote location.
Administrator System Triage Copy Logs If the device will not boot to the Ready state, or the diagnostic
log feature found in the Troubleshooting menu is not accessible,
then use the System Triage item to copy the diagnostic logs to a
USB flash drive at the next printer start up.
Administrator Change Svc PWD Use this item to change the Service menu personal identification
number (PIN).
Administrator Reset Svc PWD If the Service menu personal identification number (PIN) has
been changed. Use this item to reset it to the original PIN.
Service Tools Reset Password Use this item to reset the Pre-boot administrator password.
Service Tools Subsystems For manufacturing use only. Do not change these values.
The Remote Admin feature allows remote access the printer Pre-boot menu (BIOS environment). The printer
functions as a telnet server which uses the telnet networking protocol to transmit text data. Any computer (with
telnet installed and enabled) can function as the telnet client to remotely display and interact with the Pre-boot
menu.
IMPORTANT: While the Remote Admin function allows remote access the Pre-boot menu, for security reasons
the Remote Admin connection must be initiated by a person that is physically present at the printer.
Before using the Remote Admin feature, make sure that the telnet network protocol is installed and enabled on
the remote telnet client computer.
NOTE: This section describes enabling and configuring the telnet feature for computers using a Windows®
operating system.
HP recommends that the telnet client computer be a Windows-based system; however, there are other
operating systems that support the telnet network protocol. For information about enabling and configuring the
telnet network protocol for other operating systems, see the owner's manual for that operating system.
All computers using the Windows operating system have the telnet client installed, however, the telnet client
function might not be enabled by default.
NOTE: The figures and menus in this section are for the Windows 10® operating system. Screens and menu
selections might vary slightly for other operating systems.
1. Use the Start menu to open the Windows Settings dialog box, and then search for Turn Windows features
on or off. Click the Turn Windows features on or off item.
TIP: If the check box is already checked then the telnet client function is already enabled. Click the Cancel
button.
Network connection
The remote telnet client computer must have direct network access to the printer for the Remote Admin
function to operate. This means that the telnet client computer must be on the same network as the printer.
The Remote Admin function cannot be accessed through a network firewall or other remote access network
security programs.
If a private network is not accessible, ask the network administrator to set up a virtual private network (VPN)
connection to the network.
For security reasons the Remote Admin feature must be initiated by a person that is physically present at the
printer. The following steps must be performed by a person that is physically present at the printer.
NOTE: This person might need to sign in with an administrator or service password depending on how the
printer is configured.
2. The HP logo displays on the printer control panel. When a 1/8 with an underscore displays, touch the
middle of the screen to open the Pre-boot menu.
3. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then
touch the OK button to select it.
4. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +A:Remote Admin item, and
then touch the OK button to select it.
5. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the 1:Start Telnet item, and then
touch the OK button to select it.
● If an error message displays, use the steps below to identify the problem.
○ The printer should be configured to use a static IP address, but is configured to use DHCP
instead.
○ The printer is configured to use a static IP address, but the IP address is incorrect.
3. The printer is correctly configured to use DHCP, but the DHCP server is not turned on or is
malfunctioning.
7. When the printer telnet server function is initialized, the following screen appears. Use the information on
this screen to connect the remote telnet client computer to the printer.
NOTE: The printer is now ready to receive remote telnet client commands.
The following steps establish a Remote Admin connection from a remote computer to the printer.
1. From the Start menu open the Command Prompt desktop application.
TIP: Type cmd in the application search dialogue box to find the application.
3. Type o <IP ADDRESS> at the telnet prompt, and then press the Enter key.
NOTE: For <IP ADDRESS>, substitute the IP address that was displayed in step 7 of the "Start the
telnet server function at the printer" topic.
TIP: If the telnet connection fails to establish a connection, the printer is probably behind a firewall or on a
different network that the remote telnet client computer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to type the PIN correctly. After five incorrect PIN entries, the printer terminates
the Remote Admin connection. The Remote Admin feature must be re-initiated at the printer. See the "Start
the telnet server function at the printer" topic.
5. The following screen displays when the correct PIN is entered and the Remote Admin connection is
successful. For information about the Pre-boot menu and options, see "Pre-boot menu options" in the
printer Service Manual.
NOTE: Because a Remote Admin connection is an unsecured telnet network protocol connection, the
following Pre-boot menu items are disabled for the remote telnet client computer.
The Remote Admin connection can be terminated from the printer control panel or the remote telnet client
computer.
NOTE: The following procedure describes terminating a Remote Admin connection from the remote telnet
client computer.
2. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the +A:Remote Admin item, and then press the
Enter key.
3. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the 2:Stop Telnet item, and then press the Enter
key. The Remote Admin connection between the printer and the remote telnet client computer terminates.
IMPORTANT: The printer remains in the Pre-boot menu. Have the person that is physically present at the
printer do the following:
● Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then touch the OK button. The printer will continue to initialize.
Introduction
Use the HP Embedded Web Server to manage printing functions from a computer instead of the printer control
panel.
● Determine the remaining life for all supplies and order new ones
The HP Embedded Web Server works when the printer is connected to an IP-based network. The HP Embedded
Web Server does not support IPX-based printer connections. Internet access is not needed to open and use the
HP Embedded Web Server.
When the printer is connected to the network, the HP Embedded Web Server is automatically available.
NOTE: The HP Embedded Web Server is not accessible beyond the network firewall.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, touch the Information icon , and then touch the
Ethernet icon to display the IP address or host name.
2. Open a web browser, and in the address line, type the IP address or host name exactly as it displays on the
printer control panel. Press the Enter key on the computer keyboard. The EWS opens.
NOTE: If the web browser displays a message indicating that accessing the website might not be safe,
select the option to continue to the website. Accessing this website will not harm the computer.
To use the HP Embedded Web Server, the browser must meet the following requirements:
Windows® 7
macOS
● Safari (version 5.x or greater)
Linux
NOTE: Copy/Print, Scan/Digital Send, and Fax tabs only appear for multi-function printers (MFPs). A Print tab
appears for single-function printers (SFPs).
Information tab
Device Status Shows the printer status and shows the estimated life remaining of HP supplies. The page
also shows the type and size of paper set for each tray. To change the default settings, click
the Change Settings link.
Job Log Provides a list of the jobs that have been processed.
Supplies Status Page Shows the status of the supplies for the printer.
Event Log Page Shows a list of all printer events and errors. Use the HP Instant Support link (in the Other
Links area on all HP Embedded Web Server pages) to connect to a set of dynamic web
pages that help solve problems. These pages also show additional services available for
the printer.
Usage Page Shows a summary of the number of pages the printer has printed, grouped by size, type,
and paper print path.
Device Information Shows the printer network name, address, and model information. To customize these
entries, click the Device Information menu on the General tab.
Control Panel Snapshot Shows an image of the current screen on the control panel display.
Remote Control-Panel Provides a way to troubleshoot or manage the printer from a browser window on a desktop
or laptop.
Menu Description
Print Allows the user to send a print-ready file to the printer to be printed.
Printable Reports and Pages Lists the internal reports and pages for the printer. Select one or more items to print.
Open Source Licenses Shows a summary of the licenses for open source software programs that can be used
with the printer.
General tab
Control Panel Customization Reorder, show, or hide features on the control-panel display.
Quick Sets Configure jobs that are available in the Quick Sets area of the Home screen on the printer
control panel.
Alerts Set up email alerts for various printer and supplies events.
Control Panel Settings App Shows the Settings app options that are available on the printer control panel.
General Settings Configure how the printer recovers from jams and other general printer settings.
AutoSend Configure the printer to send automated emails regarding printer configuration and
supplies to specific email addresses.
Edit Other Links Add or customize a link to another website. This link displays in the footer area on all
HP Embedded Web Server pages.
Ordering Information Enter information about ordering replacement toner cartridges. This information displays
on the supplies status page.
Device Information Name the printer and assign an asset number to it. Enter the name of the primary contact
who will receive information about the printer.
Language Set the language in which to display the HP Embedded Web Server information.
Date/Time Settings Set the date and time or synchronize with a network time server.
Energy Settings Set or edit a wake time, sleep time, and sleep delay for the printer. Set a different schedule
for each day of the week and for holidays.
Set which interactions with the printer cause it to wake from sleep mode.
Back up and Restore Create a backup file that contains printer and user data. If necessary, use this file to restore
data to the printer.
Solution Installer Install or remove third-party software packages that extend or modify the functionality of
the printer.
Menu Description
Job Statistics Settings Provides connection information about third-party job-statistics services, or enables local
serverless device job accounting.
Quota Settings Provides connection information about third-party job-quota services, or enables local
device quota service.
Configure which links display in the footer of the HP Embedded Web Server by using the Edit Other Links menu
on the General tab.
Menu Description
Shop for Supplies Connect to the HP website for information on purchasing original HP supplies, such as
cartridges and paper.
Product Support Connect to the support site for the printer to search for help on various topics.
Copy/Print tab
Print from USB Drive Settings Enable or disable the Print from USB Drive menu on the control panel.
Manage Stored Jobs Enable or disable the ability to store jobs in the printer memory.
Default Print Options Configure the default options for print jobs.
(Color printers only) Specify permissions for individual users or for jobs that are sent from specific software
programs.
PCL and PostScript Settings Adjust the PCL and PostScript settings for all print jobs, including copy jobs and received
faxes.
Print Quality Configure the print quality settings, including color adjustment, image registration, and
allowed paper types.
Copy Settings Configure the default options and Quick Sets for copy jobs.
NOTE: If job-specific copy setting options are not set from the control panel at the start of
a job, the default settings will be used for the job.
Menu Description
Expert Copy Enable or disable Expert Copy and set the initial copy view.
The Expert Copy feature is available only on some HP MFPs with larger control panels, and
is available in FutureSmart 4 firmware 24.7.3 release or later.
Manage Stapler/Stacker Configure settings for the stapler/stacker for printers that have this feature.
Email Setup Configure the default email settings for digital sending, including the following:
● Default message settings, such as the "From" address and the subject line
Scan to Network Folder Configure the network folder settings for digital sending, including the following:
Scan to SharePoint® Configure the SharePoint settings for digital sending, including the following:
● Settings for Quick Sets jobs saved in a document library on the SharePoint site
● Default settings for jobs saved in a document library on the SharePoint site
Scan to USB Drive Configure the USB settings for digital sending, including the following:
Menu Description
● Import a large list of frequently-used email addresses on to the printer all at once,
rather than adding them one at a time.
● Export contacts from the printer into a .CSV file on the computer to use as a data
backup, or import the records onto another HP printer.
● Edit email addresses that have already been saved in the printer.
Email and Scan to Network Folder Quick Configure the printer to send scanned images as email attachments.
Setup Wizards
Configure the printer to save scanned images to network-folder Quick Sets. Quick Sets
provide easy access to files saved on the network.
Digital Sending Software Setup Configure settings related to using optional Digital Sending software.
Fax tab
Menu Description
Fax Send Setup Configure settings for sending faxes, including the following:
● Default setting for sending faxes using the internal fax modem
● Import .CSV files containing email addresses, fax numbers, or user records, so that
they can be accessed on this printer.
● Export email, fax, or user records from the printer into a file on the computer to use
as a data backup, or import the records onto another HP printer.
Fax Receive Setup Configure default print options for incoming faxes, and set up a fax printing schedule.
Fax Archive and Forwarding Enable or disable fax archiving and fax forwarding, and configure basic settings for each:
● Fax archiving is a method to send a copy of all incoming and outgoing faxes to an
email address, a network folder, or an FTP server.
Fax Activity Log Contains a list of the faxes that have been sent from or received by this printer.
Menu Description
Manage Supplies Configure how the printer reacts when supplies reach a Very Low state.
Troubleshooting tab
Menu Description
● Reports and Tests area: Select and print several types of reports and tests. Some
reports can be viewed in the EWS by clicking the View button.
● Fax Tools area: Configure settings for fax troubleshooting. (MFP and Digital Sender
products with HP analog fax accessory only)
● OXPd Troubleshooting area: Enable or disable the Allow a Non-Secure Connection for
Web Services option
● Auto Recovery area: Enable or disable the Enable Auto Recovery option, which allows
the printer to auto recover from errors that might require the power to be turned off
and on (for example, a 49 error).
Online Help Link to HP cloud-based online help to assist in troubleshooting printing issues.
Diagnostic Data Export printer information to a file that can be useful for HP technical support to use for
detailed problem analysis.
NOTE: This item is available only if an
administrator password is set from the
Security tab.
Calibration/Cleaning Enable the automatic cleaning feature, create and print the cleaning page, and select an
option to calibrate the printer immediately.
(Color LaserJet printers only)
Security tab
Menu Description
● Enable or disable the Host USB port on the control panel or the USB connectivity port
on the formatter for printing directly from a computer.
Access Control Configure access to printer functions for specific individuals or groups, and select the
method individuals use to sign in to the printer.
Protect Stored Data Configure and manage the internal storage for the printer.
Configure settings for jobs that are stored on the printer internal storage.
Manage Remote Apps Manage or whitelist remote apps by importing or deleting certificates that allow devices to
use this product.
Certificate Management Install and manage security certificates for access to the printer and the network.
Email Domain Restriction If email functionality is enabled, administrators can limit the email addresses to which the
printer can send messages.
Web Service Security Allow resources on this printer to be accessed by web pages from different domains. If no
sites are added to the list, then all sites are trusted.
Self Test Verify that the security functions are running according to expected system parameters.
Use the HP Web Services tab to configure and enable HP Web Services for this printer. It is necessary to Enable
HP Web Services to use the HP ePrint feature.
Menu Description
Web Services Setup Connect this printer to HP Connected on the web by enabling HP Web Services.
Web Proxy Configure a proxy server if there are issues enabling HP Web Services or connecting the
printer to the Internet.
Smart Cloud Print Enable Smart Cloud Print, which allows access to web-based apps that extend the
capabilities of the printer.
Use the Networking tab to configure and secure network settings for the printer when it is connected to an IP-
based network. This tab does not display if the printer is connected to other types of networks.
Table 7-20 HP Embedded Web Server Networking tab > Configuration settings
Menu Description
NOTE: The configuration options available depend on the print server model.
Wi-Fi Direct Configure Wi-Fi Direct settings for printers that include embedded Wi-Fi Direct Print and
NFC printing or that have a wireless accessory installed.
NOTE: The configuration options available depend on the print server model.
TCP/IP Settings Configure TCP/IP settings for IPv4 and IPv6 networks.
NOTE: The configuration options available depend on the print server model.
Network Settings Configure IPX/SPX, AppleTalk, DLC/LLC, and SNMP settings, depending on the print server
model.
Other Settings Configure general printing protocols and services supported by the print server. The
available options depend on the print server model, but can include firmware update, LPD
queues, USB settings, support information, and refresh rate.
AirPrint Enable, set up, or disable network printing from Apple-supported printers.
Select Language Change the language displayed by the HP Embedded Web Server. This page displays if the
web pages support multiple languages. Optionally, select supported languages through
language-preference settings in the browser.
Table 7-21 HP Embedded Web Server Networking tab > Google Cloud Print settings
Menu Description
Table 7-22 HP Embedded Web Server Networking tab > Security settings
Menu Description
NOTE: Do not use the Security Configuration Wizard to configure security settings if using
network-management applications, such as HP Web Jetadmin.
Authorization Control configuration management and use of this printer, including limiting host access to
this printer through an Access Control List (ACL) (for selected print servers on IPv4
networks only).
Secure Communication Configure Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol and encryption options.
Menu Description
Mgmt. Protocols Configure and manage security protocols for this printer, including the following:
● Set the security management level for the HP Embedded Web Server, and control
traffic over HTTP and HTTPS.
● Control access through protocols that may not be secure, such as printing protocols,
print services, discovery protocols, name resolution services, and configuration-
management protocols.
802.1X Authentication Configure 802.1X authentication settings on the Jetdirect print server as required for client
authentication on the network, and reset the 802.1X authentication settings to factory-
default values.
CAUTION: When changing the 802.1X authentication settings; the printer might lose its
connection. To reconnect, it might be necessary to reset the print server to a factory-
default state and reinstall the printer.
Announcement Agent Enable or disable the HP Device Announcement Agent, set the configuration server, and
configure mutual authentication using certificates.
Table 7-23 HP Embedded Web Server Networking tab > Diagnostics settings
Menu Description
Network Statistics Display network statistics that are collected and stored on the HP Jetdirect print server.
Protocol Info View a list of network-configuration settings on the HP Jetdirect print server for each
protocol.
Configuration Page View the HP Jetdirect configuration page, which contains status and configuration
information.
Touchscreen printers: At the printer control panel, touch the Print button.
Non-touchscreen printers: Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Print button, and then press the OK button.
Print from Job Choose Use this item to view and select jobs stored
Storage in the printer memory.
Print from Job Print List Use this item to print the list of jobs stored
Storage in the printer memory
Print from Job Print Use this item to print the selected job.
Storage
Print from USB Drive Choose Original Sides Use this item to view and select jobs stored
on a USB drive.
1-sided
2-sided
Print from USB Drive Print Original Sides Use this item to print the selected job.
1-sided
2-sided
Sides Original Sides Use this item to select the source tray for
the copy job.
1-sided
NOTE: The A3 Tray 2 or the A3 Tray 3 is
2-sided the default tray.
Quick Sets and Load Use this item to determine create or load
Defaults copy quick sets.
Save
2-sided
Options Sides Original Sides Use this item to indicate whether the
original document is printed on one or both
1-sided sides, and whether the copies should be
printed on one or both sides.
2-sided
NOTE: For 2-sided, the Pages flip up
option is available.
Options Scan Mode Standard Document Use to describe the type of original.
Options Original Size Choose from a list of Use this to describe the size or sizes of the
sizes. originals.
Options Paper Selection Paper Size Select from a list of paper sizes, types, and
available trays for the copy job.
Paper Type
NOTE: The list of trays depends on the
Paper Tray printer configuration.
Options Booklet Booklet Format Use this item to set the copy job to a
(check box) booklet format.
Landscape
Options Pages per Sheet One Use this to print the original to a single page
or to print multiple originals to a single
Two page.
Options Image Adjustment Sharpness Use the sliders to adjust the values for
these items.
Darkness
Contrast
Background Cleanup
Printed picture
Photograph
Options Edge-to-Edge Normal Use to avoid shadows that can appear along
(recommended) the edges of copies when the original
document is printed close to the edges.
Edge-to-Edge
Combine with the Reduce/Enlarge feature
to ensure that the entire page is printed on
the copies.
Options Erase Edges Apply same width to Use this to remove blemishes, such as dark
all edges (check borders or staple marks, by cleaning the
box) specified edges of the scanned image. In
each of the text boxes enter the
Top Edge measurements, in inches, for how much of
the top edge, bottom edge, left edge, and
Bottom Edge right edge to clean.
Left Edge
Right Edge
Options Collate Collate on If you are making more than one copy,
select the Collate on option to assemble the
Collate of pages in the correct order in each set of
copies.
Defeating interlocks
Learn about defeating printer interlocks.
Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For assembly or noise isolation, run the diagnostic
test when the toner cartridge door or rear door is open.
Defeating the door interlocks allows observation of the paper pick operation (and view the page enter
registration).
WARNING! Be careful when performing printer diagnostics to avoid risk of injury. Only trained service personnel
should open and run the diagnostics with the covers removed. Never touch any of the power supplies when the
printer is turned on.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.375 in) strip, and
insert the strip into the slots for the door logic switches.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.375 in) strip, and
insert the strip into the slots for the front door and right door logic switches.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.375 in) strip, and
insert the strip into the slots for the front door and right door logic switches.
Three LEDs on the formatter indicate that the printer is functioning correctly.
Item Description
CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during the repair or
troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of printer it is installed in
and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used formatter to HP.
● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information change
and might make a product unusable
If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in the form of
a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used formatter is installed.
For more information, see HP LaserJet Enterprise, HP LaserJet Managed, HP PageWide Enterprise, HP PageWide
Managed - 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after replacing the formatter.
This part contains components that are electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive. To reduce the possibility of
ESD damage, always touch the sheet-metal chassis to ground yourself before touching an ESD sensitive part.
The heartbeat LED indicates that the formatter is functioning correctly. While the printer is initializing after it is
turned on, the LED blinks rapidly, and then turns off. When the printer has finished the initialization sequence,
the heartbeat LED pulses on and off.
The following list describes the heartbeat LED operation while the printer is executing the firmware boot
process.
NOTE: If after initialization, the heartbeat LED is not solid green, see Table 7-27 Heartbeat LED, printer
operational on page 279.
● Green
● Amber
– Solid: The FFC between the formatter and DC controller is not connected or is damaged.
● Red
– Solid: Valid SPI code; there is a problem releasing ASIC and running the BIOS.
Solid: BIOS initiates PROSAC to change the LED from red to green.
The following table describes the heartbeat LED operation when the printer completes the firmware boot
process and is in the Ready state.
Off TIP: The heartbeat LED is off if the power cable is disconnected, the product power switch is in the off position, or
the product is in Sleep Mode.
NOTE: This condition is not usually caused by a formatter failure. Turn the power off, and then on again. If the
error persists, perform a firmware upgrade.
HP Jetdirect LEDs
The embedded HP Jetdirect print server has two LEDs. The yellow LED indicates network activity, and the green
LED indicates the link status. A blinking yellow LED indicates network traffic. If the green LED is off, a link has
failed.
For link failures, check all the network cable connections. In addition, try to manually configure the link settings
on the embedded print server by using the printer control-panel menus.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Administration button.
– Network Settings
– Link Speed
3. Select the appropriate link speed, and then touch the OK button.
Use this diagnostic test to print internal pages or send an external job to the printer when the toner cartridge is
removed or exchanged. Supply errors are ignored while the printer is in this mode.
When the printer is in this mode, access the troubleshooting menus and print internal pages (the print quality
pages will be the most useful). This test can be used to isolate problems, such as noise, and to isolate print-
quality problems that are related to the toner cartridge.
NOTE: Do not remove or exchange the toner cartridge until after beginning the disable cartridge check
diagnostic.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Support Tools, and
then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Disable Cartridge Check, and then press the OK button.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Troubleshooting
– Diagnostic Tests
Print/stop test
Learn about the print/stop test troubleshooting diagnostic.
Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image-formation defects and jams within the
engine.
During this test, stop the paper anywhere along the printer paper path. The test can be programmed to stop
printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position. The test can also be
programmed to stop from 0 to 60,000 ms. If the timer is set to a value that is greater than the job-print time, the
printer can recover in one of two ways.
● After the timer times out, touch the Stop button. Activate the door switch to restart the engine and return it
to a normal state.
● 1200 ms: The leading edge is about 18mm (0.71 in) into the top output bin. The image has gone through
the fuser. If the defect was not visible prior to the fuser, and is visible after the fuser, then the fuser it is the
likely cause of the print quality defect. Inspect the fuser for damage, debris, or labels stuck to the fuser.
Replace the fuser. Discuss media specifications and proper care of the fuser with the customer.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print/Stop Test, and then press the OK button.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Troubleshooting
– Diagnostic Tests
– Print/Stop Test
This diagnostic test generates one or more test pages. Use these pages to isolate the cause of jams.
To isolate a problem, specify which input tray to use, and specify the number of copies to print. Print multiple
copies to help isolate intermittent problems. The following options become available after beginning the
diagnostic feature:
● Print Test Page: Run the paper-path test from the default settings: Tray 2, no duplex, and one copy. To
specify other settings, scroll down the menu, and select the setting, and then scroll back up and select
Print Test Page to start the test.
● Number of Copies: Set the numbers of copies to be printed; the choices are 1, 10, 50, 100, or 500.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Paper Path Test, and then press the OK button.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Troubleshooting
– Diagnostic Tests
Print/stop test
Learn about the print/stop test troubleshooting diagnostic.
Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image-formation defects and jams within the
engine.
During this test, stop the paper anywhere along the printer paper path. The test can be programmed to stop
printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position. The test can also be
● After the print job is completed press the OK button to return to the Troubleshooting menu before the
timer times out.
● After the timer times out, touch the Stop button. Activate the door switch to restart the engine and return it
to a normal state.
● 600 ms: The page has passed the registration area and the leading edge is just short of entering the fuser.
The image can be seen on the paper but has not fused. If the defect is visible then the cause might be the
drum, transfer roller, or a roller prior to, or in, the registration area.
● 1200 ms: The leading edge is about 18mm (0.71 in) into the top output bin. The image has gone through
the fuser. If the defect was not visible prior to the fuser, and is visible after the fuser, then the fuser it is the
likely cause of the print quality defect. Inspect the fuser for damage, debris, or labels stuck to the fuser.
Replace the fuser. Discuss media specifications and proper care of the fuser with the customer.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print/Stop Test, and then press the OK button.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Troubleshooting
– Diagnostic Tests
– Print/Stop Test
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Paper Path Sensors, and then press the OK button.
NOTE: Depending on the printer model, not all options are available.
– Options
Number of copies
– Troubleshooting
– Diagnostic Tests
NOTE: Depending on the printer model, not all options are available.
– Options
Number of copies
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Manual Sensor Test, and then press the OK button.
– Options
Engine sensors
– Troubleshooting
– Diagnostic Tests
– Options
Engine sensors
Each component test can be performed once or repeatedly. If the Repeat option is enabled, the test cycles the
component on and off. This process continues until the test automatically terminates.
NOTE: The cartridge door interlocks must be defeated to run the component tests. A control-panel display
prompt appears to indicate removing the toner cartridge, during certain tests.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Component Test, and then press the OK button.
– Troubleshooting
– Diagnostic Tests
– Component Test
Cartridge
Transfer roller
DC controller
LED4950
PS4850
DC contoller
Item Description
PS4450
PS4650
PS4500
PS4600
PS4350
PS4400
PS4300 Tray 2 media out sensor PS4600 Retard roller rotation sensor
CL4
CL2
M2
M60/7/M608/M609 only M631/M632/M633 only
1
Duplex models only.
M2
CL3602
PS900
PS3601
PS3602
CL3601
M3601
1
Located in the printer.
Figure 7-34 1x550-sheet and 3x550-sheet paper decks, electrical components block diagram
M2
CL3402
PS900a
PS3401
SW3401 SW3402 PS3402
CL3401
PS900b CL4502
PS4502
SW4501 SW4502
CL4501
PS900c CL5602
PS5602
SW5601 SW5602
SW3403
CL5601
M5601 PS5603
M2 Drum motor1 No No
1
Located in the printer.
M2
CL3402
PS900a PS3401
SW3401 SW3402 PS3402
CL3401
M3401 PS4501
PS3403
PS900b CL4502
SW4501 PS4502
PS4503
CL4501
SW3403
M4501
SW3401 PD Cassette 1 media size switch 1 PS4503 PD cassette 2 media surface sensor
SW3402 PD Cassette 1 media size switch 2 PS900a PD retard roller rotation sensor 1
SW4501 PD Cassette 2 media size switch 1 PS900b PD retard roller rotation sensor 2
1
Located in the printer.
Figure 7-36 Stapler stacker multi bin mailbox (5-bin; SSBM), motors and solenoids block diagram
M14
M11
SL12
M12 M15
M17
SL13
M13
SL14
SL15
SL16
SL11
Figure 7-37 Stapler stacker multi bin mailbox (5-bin; SSBM), sensors and switches block diagram
PS107 PS106
PS104
SW1
PS105
PS101 SW2
PS102
PS111 SW11
PS113 PS103
PS114
PS112 PS115
PS109
PS108
PS116
PS110
PS120
PS117
PS121
PS118
PS122
PS119
PS104 Y alignment home position sensor PS117 Bin 4 media full sensor
PS105 Bin 1 media full sensor PS118 Bin 5 media full sensor
PS107 Jogger home position sensor PS120 Bin 3 media presence sensor
PS108 Bin 2 media presence sensor PS121 Bin 4 media presence sensor
PS109 Bin 2 media full sensor PS122 Bin 5 media presence sensor
Cross-sectional view of the 2-bin stapler stacker multi bin mailbox (SSMBM)
Figure 7-38 Stapler stacker multi bin mailbox (2-bin; SSBM), motors and solenoids block diagram
M14
M11
SL12
M12 M15
M17
SL13
SL11
Figure 7-39 Stapler stacker multi bin mailbox (5 bin; SSBM), sensors and switches block diagram
PS107 PS106
PS104
SW2
PS105
PS101 SW11
PS102
PS111
PS113 PS103
PS114
PS112 PS115
PS109
PS108
PS110
PS106 Alienation home position sensor PS115 Staple home position sensor
J204
J305
J603
J211
J602
J607 J608
J401
J402
J501
J302
J202 J201
J14 J11 J16
J206 J308
J309
J605
J306 J2012
J12 J13
J11 Tray 1 media out sensor J306 Tray 2 media size switch 1
Registration sensor
Environment sensor
1
E60155/E60165/E60175 models only
2
E62655/E62665/E62675 models only
Item Description
2
3
Item Description
1 Host USB port for connecting external USB devices (this port might be covered)
NOTE: For easy-access USB printing, use the USB port near the control panel.
Item Description
1 Delivery assembly
2 Registration assembly
3 Pickup assembly
Item Description
1 Inner cover
Item Description
1 Delivery assembly
2 Registration assembly
3 Pickup assembly
Item Description
Item Description
2 DC controller PCA
3 Pickup assembly
Item Description
Item Description
Item Description
Item Description
Item Description
1 Print command
3 Registration sensor
4 TOP signal
Figure 7-66 Timing chart
5 VIDEO signal
9 Fuser motor
10 Fuser heater
11 Pre-exposure LED
13 Developing bias
14 Transfer bias
17 Fuser bias
18 Scanner fan
19 Duplex fan
+24VC
2
1
2
1
2
J131L
J131D
/DUPRECL_C
J1901
1
2
CL
J131DH
1
2
CL4
J6201
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
MAIN TH
SW2 SW1
<Duplex model>
1
6
+24VF
8
1 2 1 2
1 2
J402
30 +24VC2 FSRCLASS
7
3 1 2 4 7
28 GND GND
J7001
5
2
PCA
27 GND 4 SUBTH2 5 6
4
3
FT2
FT1
26 TNRSP2 5 GND 6 5
3
4
3
1
25 TNRSP1 6 MAINTH 7 4
J4650
2
5
2
2
PS4800
J7005
24 GND 7 +24VC1 8 3
1
6
1
3
PS4650
Power switch
23 TRAD 8 2
J4800 J4100 22 +3.3VC 9 1
Pre-exposure PCA
1 2 3 1 2 3 21 DUPREVCL 10
+3.3VF 1
6
20 FPRSNS 11
2
J401
GND
GND
/FDOORSW
+24VA0
+24VB
5
19 PREEXPPWM 12
SUBTH1 3
4
18 PRIDCCK 13 6
3
2 1 2 1 4
FSRNEW
3
14 5
Fuser PCA
17 PRIDCPWM
J7004
J308 J321
2
FUT2
5
J1LB
J1LA
FSRCLSVCC
J1DB
J1DA
4
1
16 DISCK 15
1
FPRSNS
GNDSIG
+3.3VC
5VA
LEDCLK
SOFTSWSNS
+24VC
GND
+3.3VC2 6
1
3
J7002
2
16
2
15 DISPWM
2
3
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 14 TRPWM 17
J1950 J1951 J1910 1
4
13 TRPCK 18
A8
A8
J604
FU134
30
30
J1000
12 TRNCK 19
1
J7003
11 TRBSW 20 1 2
10 TRNPWM 21
B6
B6
PRI
DEV
DEV
TRFB
9 DEVDCPWM 22
JP1101
JP1100
1
JP1103
JP1102
JP1001
JP1000
JP1201
JP1200
FUT1
+5VA
10
1
1
8 DEVACPWM 23
2
J2502
J602
GND
J2408
9
2
2
7 DEVDCCK 24
3
+24VA0 J2503
1
MT2
3
3
6 DEVACCK 25
4
+24VA0
PA1
PA2
7
4
4
JP1301
JP1300
JP1401
JP1400
5 26
JP1303
JP1302
FUSERCK
5
+24VA0 J2501
TRFRONT
6
4 FUSERPWM 27
6
2
+24VA0
SUB TH2
5
3 POWERSW 28
7
GND
4
J1L
J1D
2 SWLED 29
8
FILM
GND
FUSER
JP1405
JP1404
JP1403
JP1402
3
1 +5VA 30
High-voltage
9
GND
J132L
power supply
J132D
TB1500
J132DH
GND
10
DIS
1
1
3
MT3
21 ENGTEST 1
2
2
20 +24VF 2
3
1
2
SUB TH1
1
1
+24VA2 N
1
19 NC 3
J201
2
2
SL
DEVSL
2
J2101
4
SL2
18 FSAFE3
3
J6001
17 GND 5 L
16 GND 6
Low-voltage
15 BOOTLLC 7 1 2
power supply
J137
14 LLCFREQ 8
1
DEVSNSDR
3
MT1
9
J301
13 3.3VAOVP
2
GND
2
J4850
12 5VEON 10
3
/DEVSNS
1
2
2
PS4850
J601
11 VCCCHG 11
21
21
J2401
10 QRPWM 12
9 +3.3VC 13
8 /ZEROX 14
+24VA2
1
7 15
J206
CURTH
Fuser
NC
2
M
2
M3
6
1
1
CARENSCL 16
J2416
J2415
J2413
J2414
J2412
J2411
GND
3
H2
H1
5 CARENSDA 17
4 HEAT2 18
3 RLD 19
NC
1
2 HEAT1 20
J204
/M3REV
8
8
2
1 FSAFE 21 2 1
/M3ACC
J138
7
7
3
J134F
J6101
J134M
4
/M3DEC
6
6
4
1
1
/M3FG
5
5
5
M1
PGND
4
4
6
GND
GND
5VE
GND
5VE
5VE
1 WAKEVC 24
PGND
3
3
7
2 WAKEENG 23 6 5 4 3 2 1
+24VC1
2
2
8
3 /VCRST 22 J8101
+24VC1
1
1
9
4 RTC3.3V 21
SL1 5 /CLFO,CLEI 20
SW4
SL 6 PD0 19
SW5 PS4350 2 1 7 /CLFI,CLEO 18
8 GND 17
1 2
1
2
3
4
9 /BDO 16
J6301L
6
6
J49
J50
J4350 2 1 10
J19 J18 FMTRGND 15
5
5
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 J6301DH 1 2
11 /VDO1 14
J6301D
4
4
12 VDO1 13
3
3
13 FMTRGND 12
J607
/M2ACC
7
7
1
2
2
24
24
J8104
J203
/M2DEC 14 /VDO2 11
(optional)
6
6
2
1
1
J6102
NFC PCA
/M2FG 15 VDO2 10
5
5
3
GND 16 FMTRGND 9
M
4
4
4
M2 GND 17 /VIFTOP 8
3
3
5
+24VC1 18 FMTRGND 7
2
2
6
Formatter
/VDO3
4
4
+24VC1 19 6
1
1
7
J51
J52
VDO3
3
3
20 5
FMTRGND
2
2
21 4
/VDO4
1
1
DC controller PCA
22 3
/3LINESW1
GND
/3LINESW2
/3LINESW3
GND
/SIZESW
/MPPPRSNS
GND
MPPPRSNSDR
MPPICKSL
+24VA2
23 VDO4 2
6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 PD2 1
24
J306 J11
HDMI cable
3
Contorl panel
J605
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 17 VDOD 1
16 2
USB cable
/VDOD
2
15 VDOC 3
GND
GND
GND
GND
CL3
OPTIN
14 4
OPTCK
/VDOC
+24VA0
+24VA0
+24VA0
+3.3VB2
HIP cable
OPTOUT
OPTTMG
SW301 13 VDOB 5
1
CL
12 /VDOB 6
Laser PCA
1 2 11 VDOA 7
J6206 10 /VDOA 8
GND
J8
1
1 2 9 9
CTRL3
J606
PWRON
2
17
17
J8301
8 CTRL2 10
CANL
3
12
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 CTRL1 11
CANH
4
6 12 11
CTRL0 GND
5
5 13 10
/BDI PD
6
J605D 12 J605DH 4 14 J9 9
J6205L GND
1 2 3 4 5
CL2 2 1 J6205LH CL1 3 15 8
+5VL
1 2 2 16 7
J6205D LASERSDA
PD
12
PS4600 CL CL
SCL
SDA
6
GND
1 17
+3.3V
LASERSCL
5
Laser/scanner ass’y
1 2 1 2
FM1 4
J4600 J6203 J6202
1 2 1 2 M4 3
Encorder PCA
1 2 3 4
1
IOTIN_C73 5 4 3 2 1
2
J102
<Output device>
J6204L M
2
2 1 GND 3 2 1 J42 1
J603D
J6204DH
J603DH
3
1 2 IOTOUT_C72 1 2 3 4
J6204D
4
MDO J6104
J6402L 1 2 3 4
3 2 1
2
<Input device>
1 2 3 J6402DH
J6402D
1
ENGTEST
IOD PCA
J608
2
GND
SCFANDR
/SCFANLK
GND
/ENCD
GND
+3.3VC
DUPFEDCL
+24VA2
PICKCL
+24VA2
MPFEDCL
NC
+24VA2
GND
/SMDEC
/SMACC
+24VA0
DELSNSOUT
FDSLOUT
+24VA0
+24VA0
GND
GND
GND
+5VD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J12 J202 J211 J205 J603
J16 J13 J309 J305 J302 J14 J15 J501
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2
NC
NC
VIN
VSS
LSW
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
RSW
AIRTH
/TOPSNS
/PPRSNS
/DUPSNS
CLFANDR
/FULLSNS
/CLFANLK
/PLVLSNS
CUFANDR
DUFANDR
/CUFANLK
/DUFANLK
/LOOPSNS
RDOORSW
TOPSNSDR
PPRSNSDR
DUPSNSDR
/MPFEDSNS
FULLSNSDR
PLVLSNSDR
LOOPSNSDR
MPFEDSNSDR
J6405D J6404D J13D J4700D J4450D J4500D
J6405DH 3 2 1 J6404DH 3 2 1 J13DH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J4700DH 3 2 1 J4450DH 3 2 1 J4500DH 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
J6405L J6404L 2 1 J13L J4700L J4450L J4500L
J4200
2 1
J6403D
J6403DH 3 2 1
1 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1
J6403L
1 2 3
J2 J1 J4700 J4450 J4750 J4400 J4300 J4550 J4500 J21
1
1 2 3
2 1 2 1
1 2 3
SW6 SW7 PS4700 PS4450 PS4750 PS4400 PS4300 PS4550 PS4500
FM4 FM3
FM2
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-67 General circuit diagram (M607/M608/M609)
General circuit diagram (base printer)
Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools 327 ENWW
J6201L
J6201D
J6201DH
+24VC
2
1
2
1
2
J131L
J131D
/DUPRECL_C
J1901
1
2
CL
J131DH
1
2
CL4
J6201
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
MAIN TH
SW2 SW1
<Duplex model>
6
+24VF 1
8
1 2 1 2
1 2
J402
30 +24VC2 FSRCLASS
7
28 GND 3 1 2 4 7
GND
J7001
5
2
PCA
27 GND 4 SUBTH2 5 6
4
3
FT2
FT1
26 TNRSP2 5 GND 6 5
3
4
3
1
25 TNRSP1 6 MAINTH 7 4
J4650
2
5
2
2
PS4800
J7005
24 GND 7 +24VC1 8 3
1
6
1
3
PS4650
Power switch
23 TRAD 8 2
J4800 J4100 22 +3.3VC 9 1
Pre-exposure PCA
1 2 3 1 2 3 21 DUPREVCL 10
+3.3VF 1
6
20 FPRSNS 11
2
J401
GND
/FDOORSW
+24VA0
+24VB
GND
5
19 PREEXPPWM 12
SUBTH1 3
4
18 PRIDCCK 13 6
3
2 1 2 1 4
FSRNEW
3
5
Fuser PCA
17 PRIDCPWM 14
J7004
2
FUT2
J308 J321
J1LB
J1LA
5
J1DB
J1DA
FSRCLSVCC
2
4
1
16 DISCK 15
1
FPRSNS
GNDSIG
+3.3VC
5VA
LEDCLK
SOFTSWSNS
+24VC
GND
+3.3VC2 6
1
3
J7002
2
2
15 DISPWM 16
2
3
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 14 TRPWM 17
1
4
J604
FU134
30
30
J1000
12 TRNCK 19
1
J7003
11 TRBSW 20 1 2
10 TRNPWM 21
B6
B6
PRI
DEV
DEV
TRFB
9
JP1101
JP1100
DEVDCPWM 22
1
JP1103
JP1102
JP1001
JP1000
JP1201
JP1200
FUT1
+5VA
10
1
1
8 DEVACPWM 23
2
J2502
J602
GND
J2408
9
2
2
7 DEVDCCK 24
3
+24VA0 J2503
1
MT2
3
3
6 DEVACCK 25
4
+24VA0
PA1
PA2
7
4
4
JP1301
JP1300
JP1401
JP1400
JP1303
JP1302
5 FUSERCK 26
5
J2501
TRFRONT
+24VA0
6
4 FUSERPWM 27
6
2
SUB TH2
+24VA0
5
3 POWERSW 28
7
GND
4
J1L
J1D
2 SWLED 29
8
FILM
GND
FUSER
JP1405
JP1404
JP1403
JP1402
3
1 30
High-voltage
+5VA
9
GND
J132L
power supply
J132D
TB1500
J132DH
GND
10
DIS
1
1
3
MT3
21 ENGTEST 1
2
2
20 +24VF 2
3
1
2
SUB TH1
1
1
+24VA2
1
19 NC 3 N
J201
2
2
SL
DEVSL
2
J2101
4
SL2
18 FSAFE3
3
J6001
17 GND 5 L
16 GND 6
Low-voltage
15 BOOTLLC 7 1 2
power supply
J137
14 LLCFREQ 8
1
DEVSNSDR
3
MT1
9
J301
13 3.3VAOVP
2
GND
2
J4850
12 5VEON 10
3
/DEVSNS
1
2
2
PS4850
J601
11
21
21
11 VCCCHG
J2401
10 QRPWM 12
9 +3.3VC 13
8 /ZEROX 14
+24VA2
1
7 15
J206
CURTH
Fuser
NC
2
M
2
M3
1
1
6 CARENSCL 16
J2416
J2415
J2413
J2414
J2412
J2411
GND
3
H2
H1
5 CARENSDA 17
4 HEAT2 18
3 RLD 19
NC
1
2 HEAT1 20
J204
/M3REV
8
8
2
1 FSAFE 21 2 1
J138
/M3ACC
7
7
3
J134F
J6101
J134M
4
/M3DEC
6
6
4
1
1
/M3FG
5
5
5
M1
PGND
4
4
6
GND
GND
5VE
GND
5VE
5VE
1 WAKEVC 24
PGND
3
3
7
2 WAKEENG 23 6 5 4 3 2 1
+24VC1
2
2
8
3 /VCRST 22
+24VC1
1
1
9
4 RTC3.3V 21
SL1 5 /CLFO,CLEI 20
SW4
SL 6 PD0 19
SW5 PS4350 2 1 7 /CLFI,CLEO 18
8 GND 17
1 2
1
2
3
4
9 /BDO 16
J6301L
J4350 2 1 10
J19 J18 FMTRGND 15
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 J6301DH 1 2
11 /VDO1 14
J6301D
12 VDO1 13
FMTRGND 12
J607
/M2ACC 13
7
7
1
24
24
J203
/M2DEC 14 /VDO2 11
6
6
2
J6102
/M2FG 15 VDO2 10
5
5
3
16 FMTRGND 9
M
GND
4
4
4
M2
GND 17 /VIFTOP 8
3
3
5
+24VC1 18 FMTRGND 7
2
2
6
Formatter
/VDO3
4
4
+24VC1 19 6
1
1
7
J52
VDO3
3
3
20 5
FMTRGND
2
2
21 4
/VDO4
1
1
DC controller PCA
22 3
/3LINESW1
GND
/3LINESW2
/3LINESW3
GND
/SIZESW
/MPPPRSNS
GND
MPPPRSNSDR
MPPICKSL
+24VA2
23 VDO4 2
6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 PD2 1
24
J306 J11
HDMI cable
3
Contorl panel
J605
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 17 VDOD 1
16 2
USB cable
/VDOD
2
15 VDOC 3
GND
GND
GND
GND
CL3
OPTIN
14 4
OPTCK
+24VA0
+24VA0
+24VA0
/VDOC
+3.3VB2
HIP cable
OPTOUT
OPTTMG
SW301
13 5
1
CL VDOB
12 /VDOB 6
Laser PCA
1 2 11 VDOA 7
J6206 10 /VDOA 8
GND
1
1 2 9 9
CTRL3
J606
PWRON
2
17
17
J8301
8 CTRL2 10
CANL
3
12
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 CTRL1 11
CANH
4
6 12 11
CTRL0 GND
5
5 13 10
/BDI PD
6
J605D 12 J605DH 4 14 9
J6205L GND
1 2 3 4 5
CL2 2 1 J6205LH CL1 3 15 8
+5VL
1 2 2 16 7
J6205D LASERSDA
PD
12
PS4600
SCL
CL CL
SDA
GND
1 6
+3.3V
LASERSCL 17
5
1 2 1 2
FM1 4
J4600 J6203 J6202
1 2 1 2 M4 3
Encorder PCA
1 2 3 4
Laser/scanner assembly
1
IOTIN_C73 5 4 3 2 1
2
J102
<Output device>
J6204L M
2
2 1 GND 1
3 2 1 J42
J603D
J603DH
3
1 2 J6204DH IOTOUT_C72 1 2 3 4
J6204D
4
MDO J6104
J6402L 1 2 3 4
3 2 1
2
<Input device>
1 2 3 J6402DH
J6402D
1
ENGTEST
IOD PCA
J608
2
GND
SCFANDR
/SCFANLK
GND
GND
/SMDEC
/SMACC
+24VA0
+24VA0
+24VA0
+5VD
/ENCD
GND
+3.3VC
+24VA2
PICKCL
+24VA2
MPFEDCL
NC
+24VA2
DELSNSOUT
DUPFEDCL
FDSLOUT
GND
GND
GND
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J 12 J202 J211 J205 J603
J16 J13 J309 J305 J302 J 14 J15 J501
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2
NC
NC
VIN
VSS
LSW
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
RSW
AIRTH
/TOPSNS
/PPRSNS
/DUPSNS
CLFANDR
/FULLSNS
/CLFANLK
/PLVLSNS
CUFANDR
DUFANDR
/CUFANLK
/DUFANLK
/LOOPSNS
RDOORSW
TOPSNSDR
PPRSNSDR
DUPSNSDR
/MPFEDSNS
FULLSNSDR
PLVLSNSDR
LOOPSNSDR
MPFEDSNSDR
J6405D J6404D J13D J4700D J4450D J4500D
J6405DH 3 2 1 J6404DH 3 2 1 J13DH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J4700DH 3 2 1 J4450DH 3 2 1 J4500DH 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
J6405L J6404L 2 1 J13L J4700L J4450L J4500L
J4200
2 1
J6403D
J6403DH 3 2 1
1 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1
J6403L
1 2 3
J2 J1 J4700 J4450 J4750 J4400 J4300 J4550 J4500 J21
1
1 2 3
2 1 2 1
1 2 3
SW6 SW7 PS4700 PS4450 PS4750 PS4400 PS4300 PS4550 PS4500
FM4 FM3
FM2
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-68 General circuit diagram (E60155/E60165/E60175) (1 of 2)
Figure 7-69 General circuit diagram (E60155/E60165/E60175) (2 of 2)
A
1
32
Formatter
1
1
2
2
SW11
J11DH
2
3
J11D
J11L
J58
1
4
1
DC controller PCA
1
J2012
SL5
J9DH
1
DLSL_OUT1
SL
J 9D
J9L
2
DLSL_OUT2
4
5
6
+24VC
2
1
2
1
2
J131L
J131D
/DUPRECL_C
J1901
1
2
CL
J131DH
1
2
CL4
J6201
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
MAIN TH
SW2 SW1
1
6
+24VF
8
1 2 1 2
1 2
J402
30 +24VC2 FSRCLASS
7
3 1 2 4 7
28 GND GND
J7001
5
2
PCA
27 GND 4 SUBTH2 5 6
4
3
FT2
FT1
26 TNRSP2 5 GND 6 5
3
4
3
1
25 TNRSP1 6 MAINTH 7 4
J4650
2
5
2
2
PS4800
J7005
24 GND 7 +24VC1 8 3
1
6
1
3
PS4650
Power switch
23 TRAD 8 2
J4800 J4100 22 +3.3VC 9 1
Pre-exposure PCA
1 2 3 1 2 3 21 DUPREVCL 10
+3.3VF 1
6
20 FPRSNS 11
2
J401
GND
GND
/FDOORSW
+24VA0
+24VB
5
19 PREEXPPWM 12
SUBTH1 3
4
18 PRIDCCK 13 6
3
2 1 2 1 4
FSRNEW
3
14 5
Fuser PCA
17 PRIDCPWM
J7004
J308 J321
2
FUT2
5
J1LB
J1LA
FSRCLSVCC
J1DB
J1DA
4
1
16 DISCK 15
1
FPRSNS
GNDSIG
+3.3VC
5VA
LEDCLK
SOFTSWSNS
+24VC
GND
+3.3VC2 6
1
3
J7002
2
16
2
15 DISPWM
2
3
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 14 TRPWM 17
J1950 J1951 J1910 1
4
13 TRPCK 18
A8
A8
J604
FU134
30
30
J1000
12 TRNCK 19
1
J7003
11 TRBSW 20 1 2
10 TRNPWM 21
B6
B6
PRI
DEV
DEV
TRFB
9 DEVDCPWM 22
JP1101
JP1100
1
JP1103
JP1102
JP1001
JP1000
JP1201
JP1200
FUT1
+5VA
10
1
1
8 DEVACPWM 23
2
J2502
J602
GND
J2408
9
2
2
7 DEVDCCK 24
3
+24VA0 J2503
1
MT2
3
3
6 DEVACCK 25
4
+24VA0
PA1
PA2
7
4
4
JP1301
JP1300
JP1401
JP1400
5 26
JP1303
JP1302
FUSERCK
5
+24VA0 J2501
TRFRONT
6
4 FUSERPWM 27
6
2
+24VA0
SUB TH2
5
3 POWERSW 28
7
GND
4
J1L
J1D
2 SWLED 29
8
FILM
GND
FUSER
JP1405
JP1404
JP1403
JP1402
3
1 +5VA 30
High-voltage
9
GND
J132L
power supply
J132D
TB1500
J132DH
GND
10
DIS
1
1
3
MT3
21 ENGTEST 1
2
2
20 +24VF 2
3
1
2
SUB TH1
1
1
+24VA2 N
1
19 NC 3
J201
2
2
SL
DEVSL
2
J2101
4
SL2
18 FSAFE3
3
J6001
17 GND 5 L
16 GND 6
Low-voltage
15 BOOTLLC 7 1 2
power supply
J137
14 LLCFREQ 8
1
DEVSNSDR
3
MT1
9
J301
13 3.3VAOVP
2
GND
2
J4850
12 5VEON 10
3
/DEVSNS
1
2
2
PS4850
J601
11 VCCCHG 11
21
21
J2401
10 QRPWM 12
9 +3.3VC 13
8 /ZEROX 14
+24VA2
1
7 15
J206
CURTH
Fuser
NC
2
M
2
J2418
J2417
J2416
J2415
J2413
J2420
J2419
J2414
J2412
J2411
M3
6
1
1
GND CARENSCL 16
3
H2
H1
5 CARENSDA 17
4 HEAT2 18
3 RLD 19
NC
1
2 HEAT1 20
J204
/M3REV
8
8
2
1 FSAFE 21 2 1
/M3ACC
J138
7
7
3
J134F
J6101
J134M
4
/M3DEC
6
6
4
1
1
/M3FG
5
5
5
M1
PGND
4
4
6
1 WAKEVC 24
PGND
3
3
7
2 WAKEENG 23
24VE
24VE
GND
GND
5VE
GND
GND
GND
5VE
5VE
+24VC1
2
2
8
3 /VCRST 22
+24VC1
1
1
9
4 RTC3.3V 21 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SL1 5 /CLFO,CLEI 20 J8101
SW4
SL 6 PD0 19
SW5 PS4350 2 1 7 /CLFI,CLEO 18
8 GND 17
1 2
1
2
3
4
9 /BDO 16
J6301L
J4350 2 1 10
J19 J18 FMTRGND 15
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 J6301DH 1 2
11 /VDO1 14
J6301D
12 VDO1 13
13 FMTRGND 12
J607
/M2ACC
7
7
1
24
24
J8104
J203
/M2DEC 14 /VDO2 11
6
6
2
J6102
J6303D 15 VDO2
5 4 3 2 1 /M2FG 10
5
5
3
M
4
4
4
M2
J6302D 17 /VIFTOP 8
GND
3
3
5
+24VC1 18 FMTRGND 7
2
2
6
Formatter
+24VC1 19 /VDO3 6
1
1
7 20 VDO3 5
21 FMTRGND 4
/VDO4
DC controller PCA
22 3
/3LINESW1
GND
/3LINESW2
/3LINESW3
GND
/SIZESW
/MPPPRSNS
GND
MPPPRSNSDR
MPPICKSL
+24VA2
23 VDO4 2
6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 PD2 1
24
J306 J11
3
J605
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 17 VDOD 1
16 /VDOD 2
2
15 VDOC 3
GND
GND
GND
GND
CL3
OPTIN
14 4
OPTCK
/VDOC
+24VA0
+24VA0
+24VA0
+3.3VB2
OPTOUT
OPTTMG
13 5
SW301
VDOB
1
CL
12 /VDOB 6
Laser PCA
1 2 11 VDOA 7
J6206 10 /VDOA 8
1 2 9 9
CTRL3
J606
17
17
J8301
8 CTRL2 10
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 CTRL1 11
6 CTRL0 12
5 /BDI 13
J605D 12 J605DH 4 14 J9
J6205L GND
1 2 3 4 5
CL2 2 1 J6205LH 3 15
+5VL
1 2 2 16
J6205D LASERSDA
PD
PS4600 CL
SCL
SDA
GND
1 17
+3.3V
LASERSCL
Laser/scanner ass’y
1 2
J6203 FM1
J4600
1 2 M4
Encorder PCA
1 2 3 4
1
IOTIN_C73 5 4 3 2 1
J102
J6204L M
2
2 1 GND 3 2 1 J42
<Output device>
J6204DH
3
1 2 IOTOUT_C72 1 2 3 4
J6204D
4
MDO J6104 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J6402L 1 2 3 4
3 2 1
J603D
2
<Input device>
J603DH
1 2 3 J6402DH
J6402D
1
ENGTEST
IOD PCA
J608
2
GND
SCFANDR
/SCFANLK
GND
/ENCD
GND
+3.3VC
DUPFEDCL
+24VA2
PICKCL
+24VA2
GND
/SMDEC
/SMACC
+24VA0
DELSNSOUT
FDSLOUT
+24VA0
+24VA0
GND
GND
GND
+5VD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J12 J211 J205 J603
J16 J13 J309 J305 J14 J15 J501
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2
NC
VIN
VSS
LSW
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
RSW
AIRTH
/TOPSNS
/PPRSNS
/DUPSNS
CLFANDR
/FULLSNS
/CLFANLK
/PLVLSNS
CUFANDR
DUFANDR
/CUFANLK
/DUFANLK
/LOOPSNS
RDOORSW
TOPSNSDR
PPRSNSDR
DUPSNSDR
FULLSNSDR
PLVLSNSDR
LOOPSNSDR
J6405D J6404D J13D J4700D J4450D J4500D
J6405DH 3 2 1 J6404DH 3 2 1 J13DH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J4700DH 3 2 1 J4450DH 3 2 1 J4500DH 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
J6405L J6404L 2 1 J13L J4700L J4450L J4500L
J4200
2 1
J6403D
J6403DH 3 2 1
1 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1
J6403L
1 2 3
J2 J1 J4700 J4450 J4400 J4300 J4550 J4500 J21
1
1 2 3
2 1 2 1
1 2 3
SW6 SW7 PS4700 PS4450 PS4400 PS4300 PS4550 PS4500
FM4 FM3
FM2
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-70 General circuit diagram (M631/M623/M633)
ENWW 330 Chapter 7 Solve problems
J6201L
J6201D
J6201DH
+24VC
2
1
2
1
2
J131L
J131D
/DUPRECL_C
J1901
1
2
CL
J131DH
1
2
CL4
J6201
1
2
2
2
1
1
MAIN TH
SW2 SW1
6
+24VF 1
8
1 2 1 2
1 2
J 402
30 +24VC2 FSRCLASS
7
3 1 2 4 7
28 GND GND
J7001
5
2
PCA
27 GND 4 SUBTH2 5 6
4
3
FT2
FT1
26 TNRSP2 5 GND 6 5
3
4
3
1
25 TNRSP1 6 MAINTH 7 4
J4650
2
5
2
2
PS4800
J7005
24 GND 7 +24VC1 8 3
1
6
1
3
PS4650
Power switch
23 TRAD 8 2
J4800 J4100 22 +3.3VC 9 1
Pre-exposure PCA
1 2 3 1 2 3 21 DUPREVCL 10
+3.3VF 1
6
20 FPRSNS 11
2
J 401
GND
/FDOORSW
+24VA0
+24VB
GND
5
19 PREEXPPWM 12
SUBTH1 3
4
18 PRIDCCK 13 6
3
2 1 2 1 4
FSRNEW
3
5
Fuser PCA
17 PRIDCPWM 14
J7004
2
FUT2
J308 J321
J1LB
J1LA
5
J1DB
J1DA
FSRCLSVCC
2
4
1
16 DISCK 15
1
FPRSNS
GNDSIG
+3.3VC
5VA
LEDCLK
SOFTSWSNS
+24VC
GND
+3.3VC2 6
1
3
J7002
2
2
15 DISPWM 16
2
3
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 14 TRPWM 17
1
4
J604
FU134
30
30
J1000
12 TRNCK 19
1
J7003
11 TRBSW 20 1 2
10 TRNPWM 21
B6
B6
PRI
DEV
DEV
TRFB
9
JP1101
JP1100
DEVDCPWM 22
1
JP1103
JP1102
JP1001
JP1000
JP1201
JP1200
FUT1
+5VA
10
1
1
8 DEVACPWM 23
2
J2502
J602
GND
J2408
9
2
2
7 DEVDCCK 24
3
+24VA0 J2503
1
MT2
3
3
6 DEVACCK 25
4
+24VA0
PA1
PA2
7
4
4
JP1301
JP1300
JP1401
JP1400
JP1303
JP1302
5 FUSERCK 26
5
J2501
TRFRONT
+24VA0
6
4 FUSERPWM 27
6
2
SUB TH2
+24VA0
5
3 POWERSW 28
7
GND
4
J1L
J1D
2 SWLED 29
8
FILM
GND
FUSER
JP1405
JP1404
JP1403
JP1402
3
1 30
High-voltage
+5VA
9
GND
J132L
power supply
J132D
TB1500
J132DH
GND
10
DIS
1
1
3
MT3
21 ENGTEST 1
2
2
20 +24VF 2
3
1
2
SUB TH1
1
1
+24VA2
1
19 NC 3 N
J201
2
2
SL
DEVSL
2
J2101
4
SL2
18 FSAFE3
3
J6001
17 GND 5 L
16 GND 6
Low-voltage
15 BOOTLLC 7 1 2
power supply
J137
14 LLCFREQ 8
1
DEVSNSDR
3
MT1
9
J301
13 3.3VAOVP
2
GND
2
J4850
12 5VEON 10
3
/DEVSNS
1
2
2
PS4850
J601
11
21
21
11 VCCCHG
J2401
10 QRPWM 12
9 +3.3VC 13
8 /ZEROX 14
+24VA2
1
7 15
J206
CURTH
Fuser
NC
2
M
2
J2418
J2417
J2416
J2415
J2413
J2420
J2419
J2414
J2412
J2411
M3
1
1
6 CARENSCL 16
GND
3
H2
H1
5 CARENSDA 17
4 HEAT2 18
3 RLD 19
NC
1
2 HEAT1 20
J204
/M3REV
8
8
2
1 FSAFE 21 2 1
J138
/M3ACC
7
7
3
J134F
J6101
J134M
4
/M3DEC
6
6
4
1
1
/M3FG
5
5
5
M1
PGND
4
4
6
1 WAKEVC 24
PGND
3
3
7
2 WAKEENG 23
24VE
24VE
GND
GND
5VE
GND
GND
GND
5VE
5VE
+24VC1
2
2
8
3 /VCRST 22
+24VC1
1
1
9
4 RTC3.3V 21 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SL1 5 /CLFO,CLEI 20
SW4
SL 6 PD0 19
SW5 PS4350 2 1 7 /CLFI,CLEO 18
8 GND 17
1 2
1
2
3
4
9 /BDO 16
J6301L
J4350 2 1 10
J19 J18 FMTRGND 15
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 J6301DH 1 2
11 /VDO1 14
J6301D
12 VDO1 13
FMTRGND 12
J607
/M2ACC 13
7
7
1
24
24
J8104
J203
/M2DEC 14 /VDO2 11
6
6
2
J6102
J6303D 15 VDO2
5 4 3 2 1 /M2FG 10
5
5
3
J6302DH 1 2 3 4 5 16 FMTRGND 9
M
GND
4
4
4
M2
J6302D 17 /VIFTOP 8
GND
3
3
5
+24VC1 18 FMTRGND 7
2
2
6
Formatter
+24VC1 19 /VDO3 6
1
1
7
20 VDO3 5
21 FMTRGND 4
/VDO4
DC controller PCA
22 3
/3LINESW1
GND
/3LINESW2
/3LINESW3
GND
/SIZESW
/MPPPRSNS
GND
MPPPRSNSDR
MPPICKSL
+24VA2
23 VDO4 2
6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 PD2 1
24
J306 J11
3
J605
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 17 VDOD 1
16 /VDOD 2
2
15 VDOC 3
GND
GND
GND
GND
CL3
OPTIN
14 4
OPTCK
+24VA0
+24VA0
+24VA0
/VDOC
+3.3VB2
OPTOUT
OPTTMG
SW301
13 5
1
CL VDOB
12 /VDOB 6
Laser PCA
1 2 11 VDOA 7
J6206 10 /VDOA 8
1 2 9 9
CTRL3
J606
17
17
J8301
8 CTRL2 10
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 CTRL1 11
6 CTRL0 12
5 /BDI 13
J605D 12 J605DH 4 14
J6205L GND
1 2 3 4 5
CL2 2 1 J6205LH 3 15
+5VL
1 2 2 16
J6205D LASERSDA
PD
PS4600
SCL
CL
SDA
GND
+3.3V
1 LASERSCL 17
1 2
J6203 FM1
J4600
1 2 M4
Encorder PCA
1 2 3 4
Laser/scanner assembly
1
IOTIN_C73 5 4 3 2 1
J102
J6204L M
2
2 1 GND
<Output device>
3 2 1 J42
3
1 2 J6204DH IOTOUT_C72 1 2 3 4
J6204D
4
MDO J6104 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J6402L 1 2 3 4
3 2 1
J603D
2
<Input device>
J603DH
1 2 3 J6402DH
J6402D
1
ENGTEST
IOD PCA
J608
2
GND
SCFANDR
/SCFANLK
GND
/ENCD
GND
+3.3VC
DUPFEDCL
+24VA2
PICKCL
+24VA2
GND
/SMDEC
/SMACC
+24VA0
DELSNSOUT
FDSLOUT
+24VA0
+24VA0
GND
GND
GND
+5VD
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J12 J 21 1 J205 J603
J 16 J13 J309 J305 J14 J15 J501
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2
NC
VIN
VSS
LSW
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
RSW
AIRTH
/TOPSNS
/PPRSNS
/DUPSNS
CLFANDR
/FULLSNS
/CLFANLK
/PLVLSNS
CUFANDR
DUFANDR
/CUFANLK
/DUFANLK
/LOOPSNS
RDOORSW
TOPSNSDR
PPRSNSDR
DUPSNSDR
FULLSNSDR
PLVLSNSDR
LOOPSNSDR
J4200
2 1
J6403D
J6403DH 3 2 1
1 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1
J6403L
1 2 3
J2 J1 J4700 J4 45 0 J4400 J4300 J4550 J4500 J21
1
1 2 3
2 1 2 1
1 2 3
SW6 SW7 PS4700 PS4450 PS4400 PS4300 PS4550 PS4500
FM4 FM3
FM2
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-71 General circuit diagram (E62655/E62665/E62675) (1 of 2)
Figure 7-72 General circuit diagram (E62655/E62665/E62675) (2 of 2)
A
1
2
3
Formatter
1
1
2
2
SW10
J11DH
2
3
J1 1D
J12L
J59
1
4
1
DC controller PCA
1
J2012
SL6
J9DH
1
DLSL_OUT1
SL
J9D
J9L
2
DLSL_OUT2
4
5
6
SGND
1
2
+3.3VOPF
2
1
J5604A
SW3603
2
J5504A
5
ENCOD
J100
3
2
PCA
SGND
2
PS900
J5515
3
Encoder
3SW-SIZE3 +3.3VOPF
4
1
1
4
2
3SW-SIZE2
3
2
J5505A
3
12 11 10
J5622A
3
1
SGND
2
3
4
J101
2
9
FDR-PSNS
SW3601
6
4
2
3SW-SIZE1
1
4
1
8
PS3601
SGND
5
5
3
<550-sheet paper feeder>
J5503B
7
+3.3VOPF
4
6
6
1
FDR-PATH
3
7
J102
5
2
SGND
2
8
PS3602
4
3
+3.3VOPF
1
3
2
1
1
J103
9 10 11 12
2
FDR-PLVL
3
SW-SIZE4
2
1
3
SGND
PS3603
2
J5513
S-GND
1
2
J5512
+3.3VOPF
J5631
1
SW3602
1
J104L
J104D
J104DH
+3.3VOPF
J5500
2
IOT_RXD
3
SGND
4
IOT_TXD
3
FL_MODE
1
+24VF
1
M
2
PGND
2
J5514A
M3601
1
FDR-FEED-CL
4
2
CL
J5612
2
CL3602
3
+24VF
J5511
FDR-PICK-CL
2
1
+24VF
1
N.C.
2
CL
J5611
2
1
CL3601
OPT_CLK
J5502B
2 PGND
OPT_CLK 12
1
3 PGND
13 12 11 10
PGND 11
2
4 PGND
J5501B
9
PGND 10
J98BD
3
5
J98BDH
+24VA
8
PGND 9
4
6
J99BL
+24VA
2
7
8
J99BLH
+24VA
5
7 +24VA
12
6
+24VA 7
6
8 OPT_CMD
5
6
<P1401>
+24VA
12
7
9 OPT_STS(CSTOPEN)
4
OPT_CMD 5
8
10
<P1401>
H-ACC
3
OPT_STS(CSTOPEN) 4
11 SGND
2
H-ACC 3
12 +3.3VB2
1
SGND 2
+3.3VB2 1
9 10 11 12
N.C.
1 OPT_CLK 12
OPT_CLK
J5502A
2 PGND 11
PGND
2
J5501A
3 PGND 10
13 12 11 10
PGND
3
4 PGND
9
PGND 9
J98AD
J98AD
J99AL
5 +24VA
8
8
J99ALH
+24VA
5
6 +24VA
7
+24VA 7
6
7 +24VA
12
6
+24VA 6
12
7
8 OPT_CMD
5
OPT_CMD 5
<P1400>
<P1400>
9 OPT_STS(CSTOPEN)
4
OPT_STS(CSTOPEN) 4
1
10 H-ACC
3
H-ACC 3
11 SGND
2
SGND 2
12 +3.3VB2
1
+3.3VB2 1
9 10 11 12
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-73 General circuit diagram (550-sheet paper feeder)
General circuit diagram (550-sheet paper feeder)
Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools 333 ENWW
Encoder
6
PCA
PS900a PS3402 PS3401 PS3403
M3401
M
J100 J101 J102 J103
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
3
C CL3402 CL3401
SW3401 CL CL
SW3402
2 1 1 2 1 2
1
2
4
J12L J200L
J15 J80 2 1 J3 J2 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2
J12DH 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J200DH
J12D J200D
T3-4SW-SIZE1
SGND
T3-4SW-SIZE2
T3-4SW-SIZE3
T3-4SW-SIZE4
SGND
PGND
+24VF
T3-FEED-CL
+24VF
T3-PICK-CL
+24VF
T3-ENCD
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PSNS
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PATH
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PLVL
SGND
3.3VOPF
4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J5005 J5003 J5007 J5008 J5017 J5024 J5004
5
Encoder
PCA
PS900b PS4502 PS4501 PS4503
M4501
M
J200 J201 J202 J203
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
3
C CL4502 CL4501
SW4501 CL CL
SW4502
2 1 1 2 1 2
1
2
4
J202L
J20 J19 J8 J7 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J202DH
J202D
4
T4-4SW-SIZE4
T4-4SW-SIZE1
SGND
T4-4SW-SIZE2
T4-4SW-SIZE3
SGND
PGND
+24VF
T4-FEED-CL
+24VF
T4-PICK-CL
+24VF
T4-ENCD
SGND
3.3VOPF
T4-PSNS
SGND
3.3VOPF
T4-PATH
SGND
3.3VOPF
T4-PLVL
SGND
3.3VOPF
4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J5010 J5022 J5011 J5012 J5021 J5009
Paper deck controller PCA
Encoder
PCA
PS900c PS5602 PS5601 PS5603
M5601
M
3
3
C
SW5601 CL5602 CL5601
SW5602
2 1 CL CL
1
2
4
J24 J23
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2
J14L J203L
2 1 J11 J10 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2
J14DH 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J203DH
J14D J203D
<3x500-sheet Paper Deck>
SGND
SGND
T5-4SW-SIZE1
T5-4SW-SIZE2
T5-4SW-SIZE3
T5-4SW-SIZE4
PGND
+24VF
T5-FEED-CL
+24VF
T5-PICK-CL
+24VF
T5-ENCD
SGND
3.3VOPF
T5-PSNS
SGND
3.3VOPF
T5-PATH
SGND
3.3VOPF
T5-PLVL
SGND
3.3VOPF
6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J5014 J5015 J5016 J5023 J5025 J5013
2
2
SGND +3.3VB2 1
2
1
J25
PATHDOPEN SGND 2
1
2
J5002
J5006
H-ACC 3
1
12 11 10
SW3403
OPT_STS(CSTOPEN) 4
J50D
9
J50DH
1
3.3VOPF OPT_CMD 5
J5000
2
IOT_RXD +24VA 6
3
SGND +24VA 7
12
4
IOT_TXD +24VA 8
5
FL_MODE PGND 9
4
PGND 10
3
PGND 11
2
OPT_CLK 12
1
1
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-74 General circuit diagram (1x550-sheet paper deck and 3x550-sheet paper deck)
General circuit diagram (1x550-sheet paper deck and 3x550-sheet paper deck)
ENWW 334 Chapter 7 Solve problems
Encoder
6
PCA
PS900a PS3402 PS3401 PS3403
J100 J101 J102 J103
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
3
C CL3402 CL3401
SW3401 CL CL
SW3402
2 1 1 2 1 2
1
2
4
J200L
J16 J27 J5 J4 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J200DH
J200D
T3-4SW-SIZE1
SGND
T3-4SW-SIZE2
T3-4SW-SIZE3
FRONTDOPEN
SGND
T3-FEED-CL
+24VF
T3-PICK-CL
+24VF
T3-ENCD
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PSNS
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PATH
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PLVL
SGND
3.3VOPF
4 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J5010 J5003 J5008 J5017 J5024 J5004
5
M3401
M
1 2 3 4
J18
1 2 3 4
4
OUTA
OUTB
OUT/A
OUT/B
4 3 2 1
J5019
HCI controller PCA
3
2
2
SGND +3.3VB2 1
2
1
J26
PATHDOPEN SGND 2
1
2
J5002
J5006
H-ACC 3
1
12 11 10
SW3403
OPT_STS(CSTOPEN) 4
J51D
9
J51DH
1
3.3VOPF OPT_CMD 5
J5000
2
IOT_RXD +24VA 6
3
SGND +24VA 7
12
4
IOT_TXD +24VA 8
5
FL_MODE PGND 9
4
PGND 10
3
PGND 11
2
OPT_CLK 12
1
1
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-75 General circuit diagram (2,100-sheet paper deck)
General circuit diagram (2,100-sheet paper deck)
Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools 335 ENWW
Encoder
6
PCA
PS900a PS3402 PS3401 PS3403
M3401
M
J100 J101 J102 J103
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
3
C CL3402 CL3401
SW3401 SW3402 CL CL
2 1
1 2 1 2
1
2
4
J12L J200L
J15 J80 2 1 J3 J2 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2
J12DH 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J200DH
J12D J200D
T3-4SW-SIZE1
SGND
T3-4SW-SIZE2
T3-4SW-SIZE3
T3-4SW-SIZE4
SGND
PGND
+24VF
T3-FEED-CL
+24VF
T3-PICK-CL
+24VF
T3-ENCD
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PSNS
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PATH
SGND
3.3VOPF
T3-PLVL
SGND
3.3VOPF
4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J5005 J5003 J5007 J5008 J5017 J5024 J5004
5
Encoder
PCA
PS900b PS4502 PS4501 PS4503
J200 J201 J202 J203
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
3
1 2 3 4
J202L
J21 J17 J8 J7 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J202DH
J202D
4
OUTA
OUTB
T4-4SW-SIZE1
SGND
T4-4SW-SIZE2
T4-4SW-SIZE3
OUT/A
OUT/B
T4-FEED-CL
+24VF
T4-PICK-CL
+24VF
T4-ENCD
SGND
3.3VOPF
T4-PSNS
SGND
3.3VOPF
T4-PATH
SGND
3.3VOPF
T4-PLVL
SGND
3.3VOPF
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J5010 J5019 J5012 J5021 J5009
Paper deck controller PCA
3
2
2
SGND +3.3VB2 1
2
1
J25
PATHDOPEN SGND 2
1
2
J5002
J5006
H-ACC 3
1
12 11 10
SW3403
OPT_STS(CSTOPEN) 4
J50D
9
J50DH
1
3.3VOPF OPT_CMD 5
J5000
2
IOT_RXD +24VA 6
3
SGND +24VA 7
12
4
IOT_TXD +24VA 8
5
FL_MODE PGND 9
4
PGND 10
3
PGND 11
2
OPT_CLK 12
1
1
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-76 General circuit diagram (2,550-sheet paper deck)
General circuit diagram (2,550-sheet paper deck)
ENWW 336 Chapter 7 Solve problems
6
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J302 J301 J503
M12 M17 SL13 M14
PS112 PS111 PS110 PS109 PS108 SL PS107
M M M
1 2
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4
J7102 J7019 J7020 J7016 J7017 J7018 J7203L J7022 J7104
2 1
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 J7203DH 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
J7203D
J7107L J7016L J7018L
2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
4
B1_LO_LMT_SNS
B2_MP_PS
B2_SL
+24V2
JOG_HP_SNS
GND
JOG_HP_PS
JOGM_2B
JOGM_1B
GND
B1_LO_LMT_PS
B1_UP_LMT_SNS
SS_ENT_SNS
GND
SS_ENT_PS
GND
GND
B1_UP_LMT_PS
LFTM_OUT1
LFTM_OUT2
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J402 J202 J501 J401
5 4 3 2 1 J105 5 4 3 2 1 J102
+5R
+5R
GND
GND
MDO_A
MDO_B
IOTIN_A
IOTIN_B
IOTOUT_A
IOTOUT_B
B5_SL
+24V2
B4_SL
+24V2
B3_SL
+24V2
MFM_2B
MFM_2A
MFM_1B
MFM_1A
GND
MBM_DR_SNS
B5_MP_SNS
GND
B5_MP_PS
B4_MP_SNS
GND
B4_MP_PS
B3_MP_SNS
GND
B3_MP_PS
NC
MBM_ENT_SNS
GND
MBM_ENT_PS
B5_FULL_SNS
GND
B5_FULL_PS
B4_FULL_SNS
GND
B4_FULL_PS
B3_FULL_SNS
GND
B3_FULL_PS
OUT_SL
+24V2
2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1
J604 J601 J602 J603 J502
J201 J203 J204 J101 J505
1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
2
+5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24R
CAN-L
CAN-H
FANLK
FANON
PWRON
STPL_PS
OUT_SL_IN
STPLM_OUT1
STPLM_OUT1
STPLM_OUT2
STPLM_OUT2
STPL_LO_SNS
/STPL_HP_SNS
FUOUT_SNS_IN
J7030D
/STPL_RDY_SNS
3 2 1 J7030DH
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 2 3
J7030L
12
4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
J7105 J7007 J7402DH 1 2 3
J7402D
4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
2 1
FAN11
4 3 2 1
SW11
M
PS113
M16
PS114
PS115
1
Stapler ass’y
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-77 General circuit diagram (5-bin stapler stacker multi-bin mail box)
General circuit diagram (5-bin stapler stacker multi-bin mail box)
Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools 337 ENWW
Learn about printer test and information pages.
Internal test and information pages
6
M11
M15 SL12
SW2 PS105 PS104 M
PS106 M PS102 PS101 SL
PS103
1 2 3 4 1 2
1 2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3
J7202LB
J7006 J32 J35 J34 J17 J1 J2 J44 2 1
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 J7202DHB
J7202DB
J7021LB
2 1 J7021LHB J7401L J7003LB
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 J7401DH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 J7003DHB
J7021DB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
J7401D J7003DB
GND
SS_DR_SNS
ALN_HP_SNS
GND
ALN_HP_PS
YAM_2B
YAM_2A
YAM_1B
YAM_1A
B1_FULL_SNS
GND
B1_FULL_PS
YA_HP_SNS
GND
YA_HP_PS
SEM_2B
SEM_2A
SEM_1B
SEM_1A
STPL_ENT_SNS
GND
STPL_ENT_PS
SS_EX_SNS
GND
SS_EX_PS
B1_MP_SNS
GND
B1_MP_PS
STMP_SL
+24V2
5
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J302 J301 J503
SL13
M12 SL M14
M17
PS112 PS111 PS110 PS109 PS108 1 2 PS107
M M
M
1 2 3 4 J7303L 1 2 3 4
1 2 2 1
J15 J20 J21 J24 J22 J23 J18 J16
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 J7303DH 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
2
J7303D
J7107LB J7316L J7318L
2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
4
SFM_2B
SFM_2A
SFM_1B
SFM_1A
JOG_HP_SNS
GND
JOG_HP_PS
JOGM_2B
JOGM_2A
JOGM_1B
JOGM_1A
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J402 J202 J501 J401
5 4 3 2 1 J105 5 4 3 2 1 J102
+5R
+5R
GND
GND
MDO_A
MDO_B
IOTIN_A
IOTIN_B
IOTOUT_A
IOTOUT_B
FAN11
3 2 1
GND
FANLK
FANON
3 2 1
J505
J502 J201 J203 J204 J101
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2
+5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24R
+24V2
CAN-L
CAN-H
PWRON
OUT_SL
STPL_PS
OUT_SL_IN
STPLM_OUT1
STPLM_OUT1
STPLM_OUT2
STPLM_OUT2
STPL_LO_SNS
/STPL_HP_SNS
FUOUT_SNS_IN
/STPL_RDY_SNS
J7301D
J7301DH 2 1 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
J19 J26
J7301L 1 2 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
2 1
4 3 2 1
1 2
SW11
SL M 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
SL11 PS113 J603L J8
M16
PS114
PS115
1
Stapler ass’y
A
B
C
D
Figure 7-78 General circuit diagram (2-bin stapler stacker multi-bin mail box)
General circuit diagram (2-bin stapler stacker multi-bin mail box)
Configuration page
Print and find printer information on configuration and HP embedded Jetdirect information pages.
NOTE: Depending on the model, up to six pages print when printing a configuration page.
● Configuration Page
● Embedded HP Jetdirect
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Reports, and then
press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration/Status Pages, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration Page, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the print icon . Press the OK button to print the pages.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.
– Configuration/Status pages
HP
P LaserJet M
1 4
5
6
2
Sep/13/2019 6:56:00 AM
4 Memory
Wireless page
Always make sure the status line under the general information line indicates I/O Card Ready.
1 4
6
2
Item Description
1 General Information indicates the printer status, model number, hardware firmware version, port select, port configuration,
auto negotiation, manufacturing identification, and manufactured date.
3 Network Statistics indicates the total packets received, unicast packets received, bad packets received, framing errors
received, total packets transmitted, unsendable packets, transmit collisions, and transmit late collisions.
5 IPv4 information.
6 IPv6 information.
1 4
2 5
6
3
7
8
Item Description
1 General Information indicates the printer status, model number, hardware firmware version, port select, port configuration,
auto negotiation, manufacturing identification, and manufactured date.
5 Network Statistics indicates the total packets received, unicast packets received, bad packets received, framing errors
received, total packets transmitted, unsendable packets, transmit collisions, and transmit late collisions.
7 IPv4 information.
8 IPv6 information.
HP
P LaserJet M
1 4
5
2
6
3
Sep/13/2019 6:56:00 AM
Item Description
5 IPv4 information
6 IPv6 information
2
3
Item Description
1 Hardware Information shows the product information, modem firmware version, and modem status.
3 Fax Setup Settings shows the fax setup settings (for example, the fax phone number, company name, and error correction
settings).
4 Fax Send Settings shows the fax send settings (for example, the default resolution, fax send speed, and billing code settings).
5 Fax Receive Settings shows the fax receive settings (for example, the fax receive speed, rings to answer, and output bin
settings).
Item Description
1 Fax Report Setting shows the sent fax report, received fax report, and fax T.30 tracer report settings.
Certain information, such as the firmware date codes, the IP address, and the email gateways, is especially
helpful while servicing the printer. This information is on the various configuration pages.
Firmware date codes Firmware date code Look on the configuration page, under
“Device Information.”
A firmware upgrade updates this item.
Firmware date codes HP embedded Jetdirect firmware version Look on the Embedded HP Jetdirect page,
under “General Information.”
A firmware upgrade updates this item.
Accessories and internal storage Embedded HP Jetdirect Look on the configuration page, under
“Installed Personalities and Options.” Shows
All optional devices that are installed on the model and ID.
printer should be listed on the main
configuration page.
Accessories and internal storage Total RAM Look on the configuration page, under
“Memory.”
All optional devices that are installed on the
printer should be listed on the main
configuration page.
Additional sheet feeder and paper deck Additional 550-sheet feeders Look on the main configuration page, under
accessories. “Paper Trays and Options."
Engine cycles and event logs Engine cycles Look on the configuration page, under
“Device Information."
Total page counts and maintenance kit
counts are important for ongoing printer
maintenance.
IP address Wireless connectivity information Look on the wireless page, under “IPv4”.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print Quality Pages, and then press the OK button.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Fuser Test Page, and then press the OK button.
6. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print, and then press the OK button.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Troubleshooting
3. Touch the Fuser Test Page checkbox, and then touch the Print button.
Touchscreen printers: At the printer control panel, touch the Print button.
Sides Original Sides Use this item to select the source tray for
the copy job.
1-sided
NOTE: The A3 Tray 2 or the A3 Tray 3 is
2-sided the default tray.
Quick Sets and Load Use this item to determine create or load
Defaults copy quick sets.
Save
2-sided
Options Sides Original Sides Use this item to indicate whether the
original document is printed on one or both
1-sided sides, and whether the copies should be
printed on one or both sides.
2-sided
NOTE: For 2-sided, the Pages flip up
option is available.
Options Scan Mode Standard Document Use to describe the type of original.
Options Original Size Choose from a list of Use this to describe the size or sizes of the
sizes. originals.
Options Paper Selection Paper Size Select from a list of paper sizes, types, and
available trays for the copy job.
Paper Type
NOTE: The list of trays depends on the
Paper Tray printer configuration.
Options Booklet Booklet Format Use this item to set the copy job to a
(check box) booklet format.
Landscape
Options Pages per Sheet One Use this to print the original to a single page
or to print multiple originals to a single
Two page.
Options Image Adjustment Sharpness Use the sliders to adjust the values for
these items.
Darkness
Contrast
Background Cleanup
Printed picture
Photograph
Options Edge-to-Edge Normal Use to avoid shadows that can appear along
(recommended) the edges of copies when the original
document is printed close to the edges.
Edge-to-Edge
Combine with the Reduce/Enlarge feature
to ensure that the entire page is printed on
the copies.
Options Erase Edges Apply same width to Use this to remove blemishes, such as dark
all edges (check borders or staple marks, by cleaning the
box) specified edges of the scanned image. In
each of the text boxes enter the
Top Edge measurements, in inches, for how much of
the top edge, bottom edge, left edge, and
Bottom Edge right edge to clean.
Left Edge
Right Edge
Options Collate Collate on If you are making more than one copy,
select the Collate on option to assemble the
Collate of pages in the correct order in each set of
copies.
Scan to Email Use this to scan the original and attach it to an email.
Scan to Fax Use this to scan the original and send it as a fax.
Scan to Network Folder Use this to scan the original and save it to a network folder.
Scan to USB Drive Use this to scan the original and save it to a USB drive.
Scan to Job Storage Use this to scan the original and save it to the printer memory.
Scan to SharePoint Use this to scan the original and save it to a SharePoint site.
Print menu
Learn about the control-panel Print menu.
Touchscreen printers: At the printer control panel, touch the Print button.
Non-touchscreen printers: Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Print button, and then press the OK button.
Print from Job Choose Use this item to view and select jobs stored
Storage in the printer memory.
Print from Job Print List Use this item to print the list of jobs stored
Storage in the printer memory
Print from Job Print Use this item to print the selected job.
Storage
Print from USB Drive Choose Original Sides Use this item to view and select jobs stored
on a USB drive.
1-sided
2-sided
Print from USB Drive Print Original Sides Use this item to print the selected job.
1-sided
2-sided
NOTE: To use this feature, the printer must be connected to a network. Go to www8.hp.com/us/en/solutions/
business-solutions/printingsolutions/privateprint.html for more information.
Use the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) to configure Quick Sets for the printer.
To display: At the printer control panel, touch the Quick Sets button.
Local Fax Speed Dials Choose from a list of speed dial phone numbers.
Supplies menu
Learn about the control-panel Print menu.
Touchscreen printers: At the printer control panel, touch the Supplies button.
Non-touchscreen printers: Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Supplies button, and then press the OK button.
NOTE: The supplies listed in the Supplies menu depend on the printer configuration.
● Status
● HP part number
● Pages printed
● Status
● HP part number
● Status
● HP part number
● Status
● HP part number
Low Warning Black Cartridge Set the level at which the supply is
Thresholds considered low.
Maintenance Kit
(MFP)
Document Feeder
Kit (MFP)
NOTE: The
supplies listed
depend on the
printer
configuration.
Very Low Behavior Black Cartridge Stop Specifies how the product reacts when a
supply is low.
Maintenance Kit Continue
(MFP) Stop: The printer stops until the supply is
Prompt to continue replaced.
Document Feeder
Kit (MFP) Continue: A supply very low message
appears on the control panel display, but
NOTE: The printing continues.
supplies listed
depend on the Prompt to continue: A supply very low
printer message appears on the control panel
configuration. display, printing continues after
acknowledging the low condition.
Store Usage Data On Supplies Use this to determine where data about
supply usage is stored.
Not on Supplies
Reset Supplies Black Cartridge Cancel After replacing a supply kit, select it from
the list and then select Reset.
Maintenance Kit Reset
(MFP)
Document Feeder
Kit (MFP)
NOTE: The
supplies listed
depend on the
printer
configuration.
Trays menu
Learn about the control-panel Trays menu.
Touchscreen printers: At the printer control panel, touch the Trays button.
Non-touchscreen printers: Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Trays button, and then press the OK button.
NOTE: The trays listed in the this menu depend on the printer configuration.
Tray <X> Status This shows the tray status (for example,
“Empty” might display).
Use Requested Tray Exclusively Controls how the printer handles jobs that
have specified a specific input tray. Two
When available options are available:
Use Another Trayr Allow Use this item to turn on or off the control-
panel prompt to select another tray when
Do not allow the specified tray is empty. Two options are
available:
Duplex Blank Pages Automatic Control how the product handles two-sided
jobs (duplexing).
Always
Automatic: Enables Smart Duplexing, which
NOTE: Automatic instructs the printer not to process blank
is not available for pages.
the M607n and
M608n printers. Always: Disables Smart Duplexing and
forces the duplexer to flip the sheet of
paper even if it is printed on only one side.
This might be preferable for certain jobs
that use paper types such as letterhead or
prepunched paper.
Reports menu
Learn about the control-panel Reports menu.
To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer icon .
For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.
In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.
NOTE: The View option is control-panel type dependent (might not be available).
Configuration/Status Pages Settings Menu Map Cancel Shows a map of the entire control
panel system and the selected
View values for each setting.
Configuration/Status Pages Current Settings Page Cancel Shows a summary of the current
settings for the printer. This might
View be helpful if you plan to make
changes and need a record of the
Print present configuration.
Configuration/Status Pages Configuration Page Cancel Shows the printer settings and
installed accessories.
View
Configuration/Status Pages How to Connect Page Cancel Shows the network information
typically needed to connect the
View printer to a network.
Configuration/Status Pages Supplies Status Page Cancel Shows the approximate remaining
life for the supplies; reports
View statistics on total number of pages
and jobs processed, serial number,
Print page counts, and maintenance
information.
Configuration/Status Pages Usage Page Cancel Shows a count of all paper sizes
that have passed through the
View printer; lists whether they were
simplex or duplex, and reports the
Print page count.
Configuration/Status Pages File Directory Page Cancel Shows the file name and folder
name for files that are stored in the
View printer memory.
Configuration/Status Pages Web Services Status Page Cancel Shows the detected Web Services
for the printer.
View
Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Cancel Contains a list of the faxes that have
been sent from or received by this
Fax models only View printer.
Fax Reports Billing Codes Report Cancel Provides a list of billing codes that
have been used for outgoing faxes.
Fax models only View This report shows how many sent
faxes were billed to each code.
Print
Fax Reports Blocked Fax List Cancel A list of phone numbers that are
blocked from sending faxes to this
Fax models only View printer.
Fax Reports Speed Dial List Cancel Shows the speed dials that have
been set up for this printer.
Fax models only View
Fax Reports Fax Call Report Cancel A detailed report of the last fax
operation, either sent or received.
Fax models only View
Other Pages PCL Font List Cancel Prints the available PCL fonts.
Settings menu
Learn about the control-panel Settings menu.
Non-touchscreen: Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Settings button, and then press the OK button.
General Date/Time Settings Date/Time Format Date Format Use these items to specify the date and
time and to configure date/time settings.
Date Format
● Date
● Time
● Time Zone
General Energy Settings Sleep Schedule New event Create a printer Wake Event and/or Sleep
Event schedule.
NOTE: The date Done
and time settings
must be configured
before using this
feature.
General Display Settings Display Brightness Use the slider to adjust the display
brightness.
General Display Settings System Sound On Turn the printer sound on or off.
Off
General Display Settings Language Settings Language Select from a list of languages.
Keyboard Layout
General Display Settings Information Screen Show connection Determine wether the printer connection
information information appears on the control-panel
display.
Hide connection
information
General Display Settings Display Date and No Determine whether the date and time
Time appears on the control-panel display.
Yes
General Display Settings Inactivity Timeout Seconds (10 to 300) Specifies the amount of time that elapses
between any activity on the control panel
and when the product resets to the default
settings. When the timeout expires, the
control-panel display returns to the Home
menu, and any user signed in to the printer
is signed out.
Fax Reports (fax Fax Activity Log Contains a list of the faxes that have been
models) sent from or received by this printer.
Fax Reports (fax Billing Codes Report Automatically detect Provides a list of billing codes used for
models) outgoing faxes. This report shows how
many sent faxes were billed to each code.
Fax Reports (fax Blocked Fax List A list of phone numbers that are blocked
models) from sending faxes to this printer.
Fax Reports (fax Fax Call Report A detailed report of the last fax operation,
models) either sent or received.
Manage Supplies Low Warning Black Cartridge Set the level at which the supply is
Thresholds considered low.
Maintenance Kit
(MFP)
Document Feeder
Kit (MFP)
NOTE: The
supplies listed
depend on the
printer
configuration.
Manage Supplies Low Warning On When this feature is enabled, a low supply
Threshold Message message appears on the control-panel
Off display when a supply is low.
Manage Supplies Low Behavior Stop Specifies how the product reacts when a
supply is low.
Continue
Stop: The printer stops until the supply is
NOTE: Select the replaced.
setting that is
currently display to Continue: A supply very low message
display all options. appears on the control panel display, but
printing continues.
Manage Supplies Very Low Behavior Black Cartridge Stop Specifies how the product reacts when a
supply is low.
Maintenance Kit Continue
(MFP) Stop: The printer stops until the supply is
Prompt to continue replaced.
Document Feeder
Kit (MFP) Continue: A supply very low message
appears on the control panel display, but
NOTE: The printing continues.
supplies listed
depend on the Prompt to continue: A supply very low
printer message appears on the control panel
configuration. display, printing continues after
acknowledging the low condition.
Manage Supplies Store Usage Data On Supplies Use this to determine where data about
supply usage is stored.
Not on Supplies
Manage Supplies Cartridge Policy Off Select Authorized HP to allow only genuine
HP cartridges to be used in this printer.
Authorized HP
Manage Supplies Reset Supplies Black Cartridge Cancel After replacing a supply kit, select it from
the list and then select Reset.
Maintenance Kit Reset
(MFP)
Document Feeder
Kit (MFP)
NOTE: The
supplies listed
depend on the
printer
configuration.
Manage Stapler/ Operation Mode Mailbox Use this to configure the stapler/stacker
Stacker multi bin mailbox.
Stacker
Function Separator
Networking Ethernet INFORMATION Print Security Report Print a network security report page.
Yes
No
IPV4 SETTINGS
IVP6 SETTINGS
PROXY SERVER
PROXY PORT
ISPEC
802.1X
ANNOUNCEMENT
AGENT
RESET SECURITY
Networking Ethernet LINK SPEED AUTO The link speed and communication mode of
the print server must match the network.
10T HALF The available settings depend on the printer
and installed print server.
10T FULL
CAUTION: If you change the link setting,
10T AUTO network communications with the print
server and network printer might be lost.
100TX HALF
The print server uses auto-negotiation to
100TX FULL configure itself with the highest link speed
and communication mode allowed. If auto-
100TX AUTO negotiation fails, either the 100TX Half
feature or the 10T Half feature is set
1000T FULL
depending on the detected link speed of the
hub/switch port (a 1000T half-duplex
Done
selection is not supported).
Networking Wireless INFORMATION Print Security Report Print a network security report page.
Yes
No
WI-FI PROTECTED
SETUP
IPV4 SETTINGS
IVP6 SETTINGS
PROXY SERVER
PROXY PORT
ISPEC
802.1X
ANNOUNCEMENT
AGENT
RESET SECURITY
Networking Wireless Direct Status On Use this to configure the wireless direct
settings.
Off
Done
Networking Wireless Direct Channel Range 1 to 11 Use this to configure the wireless direct
settings.
Done
Networking I/O Timeout Seconds Range 5 to Done Set the amount of time before the printer
300 times out from inactivity.
Touchscreen: At the printer control panel, touch the Support Tools button.
Non-touchscreen: Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Support Tools button, and then press the OK button.
Maintenance Backup/Restore Backup Data Password Create a password to encrypt the file,
and then select the Next button.
IMPORTANT: Confirm
backup data might Password Insert a USB drive into the USB port,
contain personable and then select the BackUp button.
identifiable
information such as
user names or IP
addresses. HP uses
this data to
understand the
issue that the
printer is having and
to improve future
versions of the
printer software.
Maintenance Backup/Restore Restore Data Insert a USB drive into the USB port,
and then select the Restore button.
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Description
Maintenance Calibration/Cleaning Cleaning Page Off Use this to set up automatic cleaning.
1000 pages
2000 pages
5000 pages
10000 pages
20000 pages
Maintenance Calibration/Cleaning Clean Set cleaning Set the interval for a reminder to
Document reminder clean the rollers.
Feeder Rollers interval
(MFP) NOTE: A lower percentage results in
(1–100) % more frequent reminders.
● Continue
● Stop
Troubleshooting Reports Configuration/ Settings Menu Cancel Shows a map of the entire control
Status Pages Map panel system and the selected values
Print for each setting
Troubleshooting Reports Configuration/ Configuration Cancel Shows the printer settings and
Status Pages Page installed accessories
Print
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Description
Troubleshooting Reports Configuration/ Supplies Cancel Shows the approximate remaining life
Status Pages Status Page for the supplies; reports statistics on
Print total number of pages and jobs
processed, serial number, page
counts, and maintenance information.
Troubleshooting Reports Configuration/ Usage Page Cancel Shows a count of all paper sizes that
Status Pages have passed through the printer; lists
Print whether they were simplex or duplex,
and reports the page count.
Troubleshooting Reports Configuration/ File Directory Cancel Shows the file name and folder name
Status Pages Page for files that are stored in the printer
Print memory.
Troubleshooting Reports Configuration/ Web Services Cancel Shows the detected Web Services for
Status Pages Status Page the printer.
Print
Troubleshooting Reports Fax Reports Fax Activity Cancel Contains a list of the faxes that have
Log been sent from or received by this
Print printer.
Troubleshooting Reports Fax Reports Billing Codes Cancel Provides a list of billing codes that
Report have been used for outgoing faxes.
Print This report shows how many sent
faxes were billed to each code.
Troubleshooting Reports Fax Reports Blocked Fax Cancel A list of phone numbers that are
List blocked from sending faxes to this
Print printer.
Troubleshooting Reports Fax Reports Fax Call Cancel A detailed report of the last fax
Report operation, either sent or received.
Print
Troubleshooting Reports Other Pages PCL Font List Cancel Print the available PCL fonts.
Troubleshooting Reports Other Pages PS Font List Cancel Print the available PS fonts.
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Description
Troubleshooting Fax Tools Fax T.30 Trace Never Done Use to print or configure the fax T.30
Report automatically trace report. T.30 is the standard that
print Print Now specifies handshaking, protocols, and
error correction between fax
Print after machines.
every fax
Print only
after fax send
jobs
Print only
after received
faxes
Print only
after fax send
errors
Print only
after fax
receive errors
Troubleshooting Fax Tools Fax V.34 Enable Use to disable V.34 modulations if
several fax failures have occurred or if
Disable phone line conditions require it.
Troubleshooting Fax Tools Fax Speaker Normal Used by a technician to evaluate and
Mode diagnose fax issues by listening to the
Diagnostic sounds of fax modulations.
Troubleshooting Fax Tools Fax Service Cancel Select Print to print a detailed fax
Log service log.
Print
Troubleshooting Event Log Done View and print the 50 most recent
events in the Event Log. For each
Print event, the log shows the error date
and time, error code, and description
or personality.
Troubleshooting Paper Path Page Cancel Shows how many pages were printed
by paper size, source tray, paper type,
Print and print mode.
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Description
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Disable Cancel Use this diagnostic test to print
Cartridge internal pages or send an external job
Check Continue to the printer when the toner
cartridge is removed or exchanged.
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Number of This diagnostic test generates one or
Test Copies more test pages. Use these pages to
isolate the cause of jams.
Paper Tray
Multiple copies can be printed to help
Output Sides isolate intermittent problems
Staple
(SSMBM)
Output Bin
(model
dependent)
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Print Stop Test Use this diagnostic test to isolate the
cause of problems such as image-
formation defects and jams within the
engine.
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Options Number of Generates a test page for testing
Sensor Tests Copies paper path sensors. Configure the
Done paper path used for the test to test
Paper Tray specific paper path sensors.
Start
Output Sides A list of sensors appears on the
control-panel display. As the test page
Staple prints, sensors in the list toggle from
(SSMBM) an inactive to active state.
Output Bin
(model
dependent)
First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Description
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Manual Sensor All sensors Done A list of sensors appears on the
Test control-panel display. When the
Input tray Reset sensor is manually toggled, its state
sensors changes from inactive to active on the
control-panel display.
Output bin
sensors
Engine
sensors
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Component Choose from a Use this to test various mechanical
list of and electromechanical components.
Repeat components
depending on
Status printer
configuration.
Done
Start
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Continuous 2-sided Use this to test the sub scanner
Scan (MFP) assembly (SSA) optical scan
Done assembly.
Start
Troubleshooting Diagnostic Tests Run Fax Test Done Use this to test the fax module
functionality.
Start
Troubleshooting Retrieve Diagnostic Cancel Insert a USB drive into the USB port.
Data
IMPORTANT: The data might contain
personable identifiable information.
Troubleshooting Retrieve Fax Cancel Insert a USB drive into the USB port.
Diagnostic Data
IMPORTANT: The data might contain
personable identifiable information.
Service menu
Learn about the printer Service menu.
Service menu access is restricted by using a personal identification number (PIN). Only authorized service people
should access the Service menu. When selecting Service from the list of menus, the printer prompts the user to
enter an eight-digit PIN.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Service menu, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Service, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the 10-key keypad to enter the following service access code for the printer:
– 05060717 (M607/M608/M609//M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/
E60175)
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Service
NOTE: Make sure that Service Access Code is selected for the Access Type item.
TIP: For a small touchscreen printer, touch the Access Code dialog box to display a virtual 10-key keypad.
– 05060717 (M607/M608/M609//M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/
E60175)
– 05063117 (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/
E62675)
Event Log Clear Use this item to clear the printer event log.
Cycle Counts Total Engine Cycles Set the page count that was stored in
NVRAM prior to installing a new formatter.
Cycle Counts Mono Cycle Counts Use this item to record the number of mono
print jobs.
Cycle Counts Refurbish Cycle Use this item to record the page count when
Counts the printer was refurbished.
Cycle Counts Document Feeder Total number of pages since the document
Kit Count feeder kit was replaced.
MFP
Cycle Counts Document Feeder Use this item to set the interval that causes
Kit Interval the printer to prompt the customer to
replace document feeder maintenance kit.
MFP
Cycle Counts Clean Rollers Count Total number of pages since the document
feeder rollers were cleaned.
MFP
Cycle Counts Clean Rollers Use this item to set the interval that causes
Interval the printer to prompt the customer to clean
the document feeder rollers and separation
MFP pad.
Cycle Counts ADF Count Set the total pages fed through the
document feeder.
MFP
Cycle Counts Flatbed Count Set the total pages scanned from the
flatbed.
MFP
Cycle Counts ADF Simplex Count Set the total single-sided pages fed through
the document feeder.
MFP
Cycle Counts ADF Duplex Count Set the total two-sided pages fed through
the document feeder.
MFP
Cycle Counts Copy Scan Count Set the total copy pages that have been
scanned.
MFP
Cycle Counts Send Scan Count Set the number of scanned pages sent to
email.
MFP
Cycle Counts Fax Scan Count Set the number of scanned pages that have
been faxed.
Fax models
Cycle Counts Copy Pages Count Set the number of scanned pages that have
been printed.
MFP
Scanner Settings Edge to Adjust Glass: Rear Edge Adjustment Set the calibration values.
Scanner Settings Clear All Clear all adjustment values (set to zero).
MFP
MFP
Service ID Done Use this item to show the date that the
printer was first used on the control panel.
This eliminates the need for users to keep
paper receipts for proof of warranty.
Locked tray sizes Locked tray size Select the Locked tray size check box to
enable the lock feature.
Managed printers Check box
Select a paper size from the drop-down
menu, and then select Save.
Cold Reset Paper Letter When you perform a cold reset, the paper
size that is stored in NVRAM is reset to the
A4 default factory setting. If you replace a
formatter board in a country/region that
uses A4 as the standard paper size, use this
menu to reset the default paper size to A4.
LETTER and A4 are the only available
values.
● Reset to level
3
● Set to non-HP
managed
mode
MPS Settings Consumables Enable consumables Select the Enable consumables access
Access Control access control control check box to enable the lock feature.
Managed printers
Under Replacement Threshold, select one
of the following options.
● Normal
● Delayed
PTT Test Mode Hook Operations Go Off Hook Test the internal modem for the analog fax
accessory.
Fax models Go On Hook
PTT Test Mode Generate Random Done Select a value from the list.
Data
Fax models Start
PTT Test Mode Generate Dialing Pulse Burst Stop Enter a value.
Tones/Pulses
Fax models Tone Burst Done
Continuous Tone
PTT Test Mode Generate Pulse Dial Pulse Phone Number Enter dial number.
Number
Fax models Tone
Generate/Dial
Number
1300 Hz
1800 Hz
Test Support Continuous Print Done Insert a USB flash drive into the USB port on
from USB the printer.
Start
Fax V.29 Speed V.29 9600 Set the fax module rate (for example the V.
29 9600 setting means that the fax module
Fax models V.29 7200 is capable of transferring a maximum of
9600 bits per second).
Printer resets
Learn about the printer resets.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Settings, and then
press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to General, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Restore Factory Settings, and then press the OK button.
4. A verification message advises that completing the reset function might result in loss of data. Select the
Reset button to complete the process.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Settings button.
– General Settings
3. A verification message advises that completing the reset function might result in loss of data. Touch the
Reset button to complete the process.
When replacing the formatter, the Service ID date is lost. Use this menu item to reset the date to the original
date that the printer was first used. The date format is YYDDD. Use the following formula to calculate the Service
ID.
1. To calculate YY, subtract 1990 from the calendar year. If the printer was first used in 2002, calculate YY as
follows: 2002 - 1990 = 19. YY = 12.
– Multiply 9 by 30: 9 x 30 = 270 and add 17 to 270: 270 + 17 = 287. Thus, DDD = 287.
Use the printer Service ID number to determine whether the printer is still under warranty. Use the following
formula to convert the Service ID into the actual date the printer was placed-in-service. For the example below,
use the Service ID previously calculated (12287).
1. Add 1990 to YY to get the actual year that the printer was installed.
2. Divide DDD by 30. If there is a remainder, add 1 to the result. This is the month.
2. 287 divided by 30 = 9 with a remainder of 17. Because there is a remainder, add 1 to 9 to get 10,
which represents October.
3. The remainder in step 2 is 17, so that is the date. The complete date is 17-October-2002.
Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a non-touchscreen control panel
CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).
2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button.
5. Press the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and then
press the OK button.
Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel
CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).
1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo
1 2
2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button.
5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and then
press the OK button.
There are two locations/partitions on the hard drive where the firmware components are stored:
● The Active, where the operating system and firmware currently are executing.
If both the Active and Repository locations are damaged, or a Format Disk was performed, then both locations
are gone and the error message 99.09.67 displays on the control-panel display. The user must upload the
firmware to the printer in order for it to function again.
CAUTION: The Format Disk option performs a disk initialization for the entire disk. The operating system,
firmware files, and third party files (among other files) are completely lost. HP does not recommend this action.
Partial Clean
The Partial Clean option erases all partitions and data on the disk drive, except for the firmware repository where
a backup copy of the firmware file is stored. This allows the disk drive to be reformatted without having to
download a firmware upgrade file to return the printer to a bootable state.
● Customer-defined settings, third-party solutions, firmware files, and the operating system are deleted.
● Rebooting the printer restores the firmware files from the Repository location, but does not restore any
customer-defined settings.
● For previous HP printers, a Hard Disk Initialization is similar to executing the Partial Clean function for this
printer.
CAUTION: HP recommends backing-up printer configuration data before executing a Partial Clean to retain
customer-defined settings (if needed). See the Backup/Restore item in the Device Maintenance menu.
● The printer will not respond to commands from the control panel.
● Executing the Partial Clean function is helpful for troubleshooting hard disk problems.
1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo
2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Partial Clean item, and then press the OK button.
5. Press the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the Continue item, and then
press the OK button.
This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer configurations and
settings are lost).
1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo
1 2
2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Partial Clean item, and then press the OK button.
5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the Continue item, and then
press the OK button.
Format Disk
CAUTION: After executing a Format Disk option, the printer is not bootable.
● Customer-defined settings, third-party solutions, firmware files, and the operating system are deleted.
NOTE: Rebooting the printer does not restore the firmware files
● Rebooting the printer restores the firmware files from the Repository location, but does not restore any
customer-defined settings.
● After executing the Format Disk function, the message 99.09.67 displays on the control panel.
● After executing the Format Disk function, the printer firmware must be reloaded.
CAUTION: HP recommends not using the Format Disk option unless an error occurs and the solution in the
printer service manual recommends this solution. After executing the Format Disk function, the printer is
unusable.
HP recommends backing-up printer configuration data before executing a Format Disk to retain customer-
defined settings (if needed). See the Backup/Restore item in the Device Maintenance menu.
● The printer will not respond to commands from the control panel.
● Executing the Format Disk function is helpful for troubleshooting hard disk problems.
This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer configurations and
settings are lost).
1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo
2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Format Disk item, and then press the OK button.
NOTE: When the Format Disk operation is complete, reload the printer firmware.
This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer configurations and
settings are lost).
1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo
1 2
2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Format Disk item, and then press the OK button.
NOTE: When the Format Disk operation is complete, reload the printer firmware.
NOTE: Unplug any other devices on the same circuit that the printer is using.
2. Try another known operating wall receptacle and a different power cord.
3. To eliminate a thermal switch issue, unplug the power cord and leave it unplugged for over 20 minutes. Re-
attach the power cord, and then turn the power on again.
4. During normal operation, a cooling fan or fans begin to spin briefly after the printer power is turned on.
Place a hand over the cover vent or vents to feel air passing out of the printer. Lean close to the printer to
hear the fan or fans operating. Look for illuminated lights on the control panel and formatter LEDs.
NOTE: Operational fans, motors, and control-panel lights indicate the following:
● The power supply is providing either or both 24 Vdc and 5 Vdc voltages.
5. If the printer powers on, but the control panel is blank, make sure that the control-panel display wire
harness or harnesses and flat flexible cable or cables (FFCs) are connected.
NOTE: The following conditions indicate that the printer has frozen while in Sleep mode or Sleep delay.
Opening a door or pressing a control-panel button should cause the printer to wake up from Sleep mode or
Sleep delay.
If the control panel is not responding, or if it appears black or blank, try the following:
b. Verify that the system is correctly functioning by printing a test page. Does the test page print
correctly?
c. Verify that the control panel is correctly functioning. If it is not, turn the printer off and reseat the
control-panel assembly cable connections at the control-panel assembly and the formatter.
d. Try upgrading the firmware. If the firmware upgrade fails to resolve the problem, and the printer still
freezes while in Sleep mode or Sleep delay, elevate the case.
e. If the error persists and the EWS functions correctly, replace the control-panel assembly.
6. If normal start-up noises are not heard, turn the printer off, and then remove any installed accessories (for
example, envelope feeders, paper feeders, or output accessories).
7. Turn the printer on, and then listen for start-up noises. If normal start-up noises are heard, the problem
might be with an accessory.
8. Perform an engine test. The engine test procedure varies by printer, so refer to the printer Service Manual
to get instructions.
CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during the
repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of printer it
is installed in and is not designed to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used formatter to HP.
● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable
If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in the
form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used formatter
is installed.
● HP internal link: 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after replacing the
formatter
● HP external partner link: 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after
replacing the formatter
To access the HP partner link, you must first log in to the HP Partner First Portal and then connect to WISE.
NOTE: If the engine test page does not print, turn the printer off, reconnect the formatter power
connector, remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC), and then try the engine test again. If the page
prints, the problem might be the eMMC.
10. If after replacing the formatter or eMMC normal start-up noises are still not heard, replace the DC
controller.
11. If the print engine appears to be correctly operating (the engine test page successfully printed) and the
control panel is still blank, replace the power supply.
1. The control panel should indicate a Ready, Paused, Sleep mode on or Sleep delay on status. If an error
message displays, resolve the error. Resolve any supply issues.
2. For network connection errors, verify that the network port is active and that the cables are securely
seated.
a. Check the network cable connections between the printer and the computer or network port. Make
sure that the connections are secure.
b. Make sure that the cables are not faulty by trying different cables, if possible.
3. Check the network LEDs (callout 1) to see if they indicate any issues.
NOTE: The figure below is representational only. Network LED location varies by printer.
4. Use one of the following options to print a configuration page. If the printer is connected to a network, an
HP Jetdirect page also prints.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Reports,
and then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration/Status Pages, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration Page, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the print icon . Press the OK button to print the pages.
– Configuration/Status pages
5. Check to see if there is a newer version of the firmware available. If there is, update the firmware.
7. Print a short document from a different program that has worked in the past. If this solution works, the
problem is with the program. If this solution does not work (the document does not print), complete these
steps:
a. Try printing the job from another computer that has the printer software installed.
b. If the printer is connected to the network, connect the printer directly to a host computer with a USB
cable. Redirect the printer to the correct port, or reinstall the software (make sure to select the new
connection type).
NOTE: The host USB port may disabled from the factory. If so, this port needs to be activated first
before connecting the printer to the USB port.
For more information about troubleshooting an unresponsive printer and about troubleshooting connectivity
issues, see the "Performance and connectivity troubleshooting" section of the Service manual.
Engine test
Learn about troubleshooting the printer using the engine test diagnostic.
When the engine test is performed, a test page with lines prints if the engine is functioning correctly.
Use a small pointed object to depress the engine test button. The test page should have a series of lines that are
parallel to the short end of the page.
The test page can use only Tray 2 as the paper source, so make sure that paper is loaded in Tray 2.
NOTE: Depressing, and holding down, the test-page switch causes the printer to continually print test pages.
Release the switch to stop continuous test page printing.
TIP: Depending on the printer model, the engine test button is located on the right side or rear side of the
printer.
Defeating interlocks
Learn about defeating printer interlocks.
Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For assembly or noise isolation, run the diagnostic
test when the toner cartridge door or rear door is open.
Defeating the door interlocks allows observation of the paper pick operation (and view the page enter
registration).
WARNING! Be careful when performing printer diagnostics to avoid risk of injury. Only trained service personnel
should open and run the diagnostics with the covers removed. Never touch any of the power supplies when the
printer is turned on.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.375 in) strip, and
insert the strip into the slots for the door logic switches.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.375 in) strip, and
insert the strip into the slots for the front door and right door logic switches.
TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.375 in) strip, and
insert the strip into the slots for the front door and right door logic switches.
Use the diagnostics in this section to test the control panel hardware and display using the printer firmware
system diagnostics.
Use the diagnostics in this section to test the control-panel hardware and embedded firmware. These tests are
useful for checking control-panel functionality independent of the printer control-panel system diagnostics. To
test the control panel using the system diagnostics, see Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
1. Small touchscreen only: Locate the diagnostic-tests access button on the back of the control panel.
NOTE: A pen, pencil, or other small blunt object is needed to press the button.
3. Large touchscreen only: Locate the diagnostic-tests access button on the back of the control panel.
5. A yellow screen appears (after the first press of the button) indicating that the control-panel firmware is
version A (a magenta screen indicates version B firmware).
NOTE: If a different color appears on the screen, escalate the problem using the HP support process.
TIP: After 4 seconds of inactivity, the diagnostic mode times out and is exited.
NOTE: Depending on where the control panel was manufactured, a magenta, a green, and a blue screen
might appear before the white screen. Touch the screen to cycle past these screens.
● A red screen.
● A blue screen.
TIP: When the final black screen displays, press the Home button to cycle through the diagnostic
screens again.
Use the following procedure to open the control panel system diagnostics tests (MFP).
2. Touch the middle of the control panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.
1 2
3. On the Pre-boot menu screen, use the following buttons to navigate the tests.
Button Description
Not used.
5. Use the down arrow button to scroll to +E CP Diagnostics, and then press the OK button to select it.
Screen test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic screen test.
1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests. See Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
3. Touch the touchscreen to scroll though the remaining touchscreen test screens.
Screen Description
Screen Description
Checkerboard
Multicolor stripes
Screen test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic screen test.
1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests. See Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
3. Touch the touchscreen to scroll though the remaining touchscreen test screens.
Screen Description
Screen Description
Checkerboard
Multicolor stripes
SoftKey test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic SoftKey test.
1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests. See Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
Backlight test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic backlight test.
1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests. See Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
After selecting the 4 Backlight Test, the screen automatically dims, and then returns to full brightness.
Sound test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic sound test.
1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests. See Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
After selecting the 5 Sound Test, the printer emits a series of audible tones.
IMPORTANT: The control-panel system diagnostic tests include a 6 Keyboard Test item. This test is not valid for
printers that do not have a pull out keyboard installed, even though this option is present in the control-panel
system diagnostic tests menu.
If the 6 Keyboard Test is opened on a non-flow printer, the printer power must be turned off to exit the test.
HP does not recommend turning the printer power off during the control-panel system diagnostic tests.
1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests. See Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
3. When prompted, touch the H key on the keyboard or the Home button to exit the test.
Version
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic version information.
1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests. See Open the control panel system diagnostic tests
on page 390.
2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 7 Version, and then press the OK button to select it.
NOTE: The following types of information are for the control panel only, not the printer.
● Panel ID
● Hardware (version)
● Firmware (version)
● KB Hw (version)
● KB Firm (version)
● LCD Vendor
Replace the
control panel.
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
touch test.
Y
Turn the product
power off,
and then
on again.
Control panel
has no
sound
Can sounds
be heard?
N
Y
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the sound test.
Can sounds
be heard?
Y
N
Do not replace the
control panel.
Turn the product power off.
Remove the control panel.
Check the cables to the speaker.
Replace the control panel. N Reseat the cables to the speaker.
Turn the product power on.
Can sounds be heard?
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the Home
button test.
Open the
diagnostic function.
Perform the
Home button test.
Click here to access the complete CPMD for this printer (SFP).
Click here to access the complete CPMD for this printer (MFP).
NOTE: To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently.
Figures in this section are representational only. The actual printer being serviced might look slightly different
depending on the model and installed accessories.
Figure 7-118 Printer base, sensors (pickup, feed, and delivery) block diagram
PS4450
PS4650
PS4500
PS4600
PS4350
PS4400
PS4300 Tray 2 media out sensor PS4600 Retard roller rotation sensor
M2
CL3602
PS900
PS3601
PS3602
CL3601
M3601
M2
CL3402
PS900a
PS3401
SW3401 SW3402 PS3402
CL3401
PS900b CL4502
PS4502
SW4501 SW4502
CL4501
PS900c CL5602
PS5602
SW5601 SW5602
SW3403
CL5601
M5601 PS5603
M2 Drum motor1 No No
M2
CL3402
PS900a PS3401
SW3401 SW3402 PS3402
CL3401
M3401 PS4501
PS3403
PS900b CL4502
SW4501 PS4502
PS4503
CL4501
SW3403
M4501
SW3401 PD Cassette 1 media size switch 1 PS4503 PD cassette 2 media surface sensor
SW3402 PD Cassette 1 media size switch 2 PS900a PD retard roller rotation sensor 1
SW4501 PD Cassette 2 media size switch 1 PS900b PD retard roller rotation sensor 2
PS107 PS106
PS104
SW1
PS105
PS101 SW2
PS102
PS111 SW11
PS113 PS103
PS114
PS112 PS115
PS109
PS108
PS116
PS110
PS120
PS117
PS121
PS118
PS122
PS119
PS104 Y alignment home position sensor PS117 Bin 4 media full sensor
PS105 Bin 1 media full sensor PS118 Bin 5 media full sensor
PS107 Jogger home position sensor PS120 Bin 3 media presence sensor
PS108 Bin 2 media presence sensor PS121 Bin 4 media presence sensor
PS109 Bin 2 media full sensor PS122 Bin 5 media presence sensor
PS107 PS106
PS104
SW2
PS105
PS101 SW11
PS102
PS111
PS113 PS103
PS114
PS112 PS115
PS109
PS108
PS110
PS106 Alienation home position sensor PS115 Staple home position sensor
The auto-navigation feature assists in clearing jams by providing step-by-step instructions on the control panel.
When you complete a step, the printer displays instructions for the next step until you have completed all steps
in the procedure.
2. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different package.
4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten the
stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.
5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides so they
are touching the paper stack without bending it.
7. If you are printing on heavy, embossed, or perforated paper, use the manual feed feature and feed sheets
one at a time.
8. Open the Trays menu on the printer control panel. Verify that the tray is configured correctly for the paper
type and size.
Jam locations
Jams can occur in these locations (SFP).
1
2
3
2
Item Location
1 Document feeder
3 Tray 1
6 Trays 2-5
3 6
Item Location
1 HP Stapling Mailbox
2 Output bin
3 Tray 1
4 Trays 2–5
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the document feeder. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
NOTE: To avoid jams, make sure the guides in the document feeder input tray are adjusted tightly against the
document. Remove all staples and paper clips from original documents.
NOTE: Original documents that are printed on heavy, glossy paper can jam more frequently than originals that
are printed on plain paper.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in Tray 1. When a jam occurs, the control panel
displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
2. Close Tray 1.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in Trays 2, 3, 4, or 5. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
NOTE: The following procedure shows Tray 2. The method to clear jams in Trays 3, 4, and 5 is the same.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in Trays 2, 3, 4, or 5. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
NOTE: The following procedure shows Tray 2. The method to clear jams in Trays 3, 4, and 5 is the same.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in 2,550-sheet high-capacity input tray. When a
jam occurs, the control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in 2,100-sheet high-capacity input tray. When a
jam occurs, the control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
Clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area (M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/
E62655/E62665/E62675)
Learn about clearing jams in the right door and fuser area (M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/
E60155/E60165/E60175).
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the right door and fuser area. When a jam occurs,
the control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
Clear paper jams in the rear door and fuser area (M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/
E60155/E60165/E60175)
Learn about clearing jams in the rear door and fuser area (M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/
E60155/E60165/E60175).
CAUTION: The fuser is hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before clearing jams.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the rear door and fuser area. When a jam occurs,
the control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the output bin. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the output bin. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the duplexer. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the duplexer. When a jam occurs, the control
panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the envelope feeder. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the envelope feeder. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the stapling mailbox. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear paper jams in the stapling mailbox. When a jam occurs, the
control panel displays the following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear staple jams. When a jam occurs, the control panel displays the
following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
The following information describes how to clear staple jams. When a jam occurs, the control panel displays the
following message and an animation that assists in clearing the jam.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Settings, and then
press the OK button.
2. Use the buttons to scroll to General, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Jam Recovery, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to an option, and then press the OK button to select it.
● Auto — The printer attempts to reprint jammed pages when sufficient memory is available. This is
the default setting.
● Off — The printer does not attempt to reprint jammed pages. Because no memory is used to store
the most recent pages, performance is optimal.
NOTE: Some pages can be lost if the printer runs out of paper while printing a duplex job with Jam
Recovery set to Off.
● On — The printer always reprints jammed pages. Additional memory is allocated to store the last few
pages printed.
Cause Solution
The correct size paper is not loaded in the tray. Load the correct size paper in the tray.
The correct size paper is not selected in the software program or Confirm that the settings in the software program and printer driver
printer driver. are correct, because the software program settings override the
printer driver and control panel settings, and the printer driver
settings override the control panel settings.
The correct size paper for the tray is not selected in the printer From the control panel, select the correct size paper for the tray.
control panel.
The paper size is not configured correctly for the tray. Print a configuration page to determine the paper size for which the
tray is configured.
The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the paper guides are touching the paper.
A driver for a different printer is in use. Use a driver for this printer.
Cause Solution
The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to determine the
paper size for which the tray is configured.
The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the guides are touching the paper.
Table 7-46 Printer will not duplex (print 2-sided jobs) or duplexes incorrectly
Cause Solution
The duplex job is trying to use unsupported paper. Verify that the paper is supported for duplex printing.
The printer driver is not set up for duplex printing. Set up the printer driver to enable duplex printing.
The first page is printing on the back of preprinted forms or Load preprinted forms and letterhead in Tray 1 with the letterhead
letterhead. or printed side down, with the top of the page leading into the
printer. For Tray 2-X, load the paper printed side up with the top of
the page toward the right of the printer.
The printer model does not support automatic 2-sided printing. The printer model does not support automatic 2-sided printing.
Cause Solution
The correct size paper is not loaded. Load the correct size paper.
The correct paper type for the input tray is not selected in the From the printer control panel, select the correct paper type for the
printer control panel. input tray. Trays configured for a paper type with a specific weight
range will not match a print job that specifies an exact weight, even
if the specified weight is within the weight range.
Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the printer and remove any paper in the paper path. Closely
inspect the fuser area for jams.
None of the optional trays appear as input tray options. The optional trays only display as available if they are installed.
Verify that any optional trays are correctly installed. Verify that the
printer driver has been configured to recognize the optional trays.
An optional tray is incorrectly installed. Print a configuration page to confirm that the optional tray is
installed. If not, verify that the tray is correctly attached to the
printer.
The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to determine the
paper size for which the tray is configured.
The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the guides are touching the paper.
Cause Solution
Paper does not meet the specifications for this printer. Use only paper that meets the HP paper specifications for this
printer. Non-recycled, 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper is optimal for office
use.
The correct paper type for the input tray is not selected in the From the printer control panel, select the correct paper type for the
printer control panel. input tray. Trays configured for a paper type with a specific weight
range will not match a print job that specifies an exact weight, even
if the specified weight is within the weight range.
Paper is damaged or in poor condition. Remove paper from the input tray and load paper that is in good
condition.
The printer is operating in an excessively humid environment. Verify that the printing environment is within humidity
specifications.
The print job consist of large, solid-filled areas. Large, solid-filled areas can cause excessive curl. Try using a
different pattern.
Paper used was not stored correctly and might have absorbed Remove paper and replace it with paper from a fresh, unopened
moisture. package. Store paper in a plastic bag to protect it from humidity.
Paper has poorly cut edges. Remove paper, flex it, rotate it 180 degrees or turn it over, and then
reload it into the input tray. Do not fan paper. If the problem
persists, replace the paper.
The specific paper type was not configured for the tray or selected Configure the software for the paper (see the software
in the software. documentation). Configure the tray for the paper.
The paper has previously been used for a print job. Do not re-use paper.
NOTE: Tray 1 and Tray 2 are optimal for paper pickup when using special paper or media other than 20lb plain
paper. For Tray 1 and Tray 2 the printer increases the number of attempts to pick up a page, which increases the
reliability of successfully picking the page from the tray and decreases the possibility of a mispick jam.
HP recommends using Tray 1 or Tray 2 if the printer is experiencing excessive or reoccurring jams from trays
other than Tray 1 and Tray 2, or for print jobs that require media other than 20lb plain paper.
2. Load the tray with the correct size of paper for the job.
3. Make sure the paper size and type are set correctly on the printer control panel.
4. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides to the
appropriate indentation in the tray.
6. The rollers above the tray might be contaminated. Clean the rollers with a lint-free cloth dampened with
warm water.
1. Remove the stack of paper from the tray and flex it, rotate it 180 degrees, and flip it over. Do not fan the
paper. Return the stack of paper to the tray.
3. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different package.
4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten the
stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.
5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides to the
appropriate indentation in the tray.
The document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper (MFP)
Learn about MFP document feeder paper handling problems.
Review the following information when the document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper.
● Check to see if there are areas on the page that might have had staples removed. This can cause jams
and/or mispicks.
● The original might have something on it, such as staples or self-adhesive notes that must be removed.
● The pages might not be placed correctly. Straighten the pages and adjust the paper guides to center the
stack.
● The paper guides must be touching the sides of the paper stack to work correctly. Make sure that the paper
stack is straight and the guides are against the paper stack.
● The document feeder input tray or output bin might contain more than the maximum number of pages.
Make sure the paper stack fits below the guides in the input tray, and remove pages from the output bin.
● Verify that there are no pieces of paper, staples, paper clips, or other debris in the paper path.
● Clean the document-feeder rollers and the separation pad. Use compressed air or a clean, lint-free cloth
moistened with warm water. If misfeeds still occur, replace the rollers.
Cause Solution
Manual feed is selected in the software program. Load Tray 1 with paper, or, if the paper is loaded, press the OK
button.
The correct size paper is not loaded. Load the correct size paper.
The input tray is empty. Load paper into the input tray.
Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the printer and remove any paper in the paper path.
The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to determine the
paper size for which the tray is configured.
The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the rear and width paper guides are touching the paper.
Use the information in this topic to troubleshoot and resolve image-quality (what you see on the final printed
page) problems including copy-quality, print-quality, and color problems (color printers only).
Various printer hardware problems can cause image-quality defects. This topic is a guide to the steps used to
isolate the specific areas of the printer that are causing image-quality defects on the printed page, and to
provide solutions to resolve those image-quality defects.
● Print-quality (PQ) problems: PQ problems are associated with the print engine (printer base) of an MFP
printer (single function non MFP image-quality problems are always PQ defects). PQ defects appear on
pages that are printed by the print engine and not fed through an integrated scanner assembly (ISA).
● Copy-quality (CQ) problems: CQ problems are associated with the integrated-scanner assembly (ISA)
portion of an MFP printer. CQ defects appear on pages that are copied using the document feeder or
flatbed glass.
If the print defect is already known to be a PQ or CQ problem, skip to the appropriate troubleshooting topic listed
below. Otherwise, follow the steps in the next section below to get started troubleshooting image-quality
problems.
Print a demonstration page to identify the defect as a PQ (print engine ) or CQ (ISA) problem.
NOTE: If the image defect appears on the printed demonstration page, the issue is a print-quality (PQ) problem
(associated with the print engine and not the document feeder or flatbed glass) and not a CQ problem.
Enterprise printers
1. Select Reports > Other pages.
Pro printers
● No: If defects does not appear on the printed demonstration page the issue is CQ related. See Copy-quality
troubleshooting on page 483.
NOTE: Print-quality (PQ) problems are associated with the print engine (printer base) of an MFP printer (single
function non MFP image-quality problems are always PQ defects). PQ defects appear on pages that are printed
by the print engine and not feed through an integrated scanner assembly (ISA).
When troubleshooting the source of some print image defects, one solution is to identify if it is a repetitive
defect (does the print quality defect appear multiple times on the printed page?). If this is the case, use a ruler to
measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image-quality problems. For more information,
see Using a ruler to measure between repetitive defects.
Use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image-quality problems. Place the
ruler next to the first occurrence of the defect on the page. Find the distance between identical defects and use
the table below to identify the component that is causing the defect.
CAUTION: Do not use solvents or oils to clean rollers. Instead, rub the roller with a lint-free cloth. If dirt is
difficult to remove, rub the roller with a lint-free cloth that has been dampened with water.
NOTE: The primary charging roller, photosensitive drum, and developer roller cannot be cleaned because they
are internal assemblies in the toner cartridge or imaging drum. If one of these assemblies is causing the defect,
replace the toner cartridge.
The primary fuser sleeve unit or pressure roller cannot be cleaned because they are internal assemblies in the
fuser. If one of these assemblies is causing the defect, replace the fuse
TIP: To make a printer specific repetitive defect ruler, use a metric ruler to transfer the measurements in the
table below to a transparency or the edge of a piece of paper—clearly label each ruler mark with the associated
defective assembly.
If the page prints correctly, the problem is with the software program from which you were printing.
Check the paper type setting on the printer control panel, and change the setting as needed.
2. Follow the control panel prompts to confirm or modify the paper type and size settings for the tray.
4. Adjust the humidity and resistance setting on the control panel to match the environment.
1. Settings
2. Copy/Print
3. Print quality
b. Select the paper type that matches the type loaded in the tray.
c. Use the arrows to increase or decrease the humidity and resistance setting.
5. Make sure the driver settings match the control panel settings.
NOTE: The print driver settings will override any control panel settings.
Check the paper type setting for Windows, and change the setting as needed.
NOTE: The print driver settings will override any control panel settings.
2. Select the printer, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.
4. From the Paper Type drop-down list, click the More... option.
6. Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper.
7. Select the option for the type of paper you are using, and click the OK button.
8. Click the OK button to close the Document Properties dialog box. In the Print dialog box, click the OK button
to print the job.
Check the paper type setting for macOS, and change the setting as needed.
1. Click the File menu, and then click the Print option.
4. Open the menus drop-down list, and then click the Paper/Quality menu.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Reports menu.
3. Select Supplies Status Page, and then select Print to print the page.
1. Look at the supplies status report to check the percent of life remaining for the toner cartridges and, if
applicable, the status of other replaceable maintenance parts.
Print quality problems can occur when using a toner cartridge that is at its estimated end of life. The
supplies status page indicates when a supply level is very low. After an HP supply has reached the very low
threshold, HP’s premium protection warranty on that supply has ended.
The toner cartridge does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable.
Consider having a replacement available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable.
If you determine that you need to replace a toner cartridge or other replaceable maintenance parts, the
supplies status page lists the genuine HP part numbers.
A genuine HP toner cartridge has the word “HP” on it, or has the HP logo on it. For more information on
identifying HP cartridges go to www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Support Tools, and
then press the OK button.
2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Maintenance, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Calibration/Cleaning, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Cleaning page, and then press the OK button.
TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.
5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print (at the bottom of the control-panel display), and then press the OK
button to print the cleaning page.
NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until the
cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.
– Maintenance
– Calibration/Cleaning
3. Touch Cleaning Page, and then touch the Print button to print the cleaning page.
NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until the
cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.
TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.
Some print-quality problems arise from using paper that does not meet HP specifications.
● Always use a paper type and weight that this printer supports.
● Use paper that is of good quality and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, voids,
staples, and curled or bent edges.
● Use paper that does not contain metallic material, such as glitter.
● Use paper that is designed for use in laser printers. Do not use paper that is designed only for use in Inkjet
printers.
● Use paper that is not too rough. Using smoother paper generally results in better print quality.
The environment can directly affect print quality and is a common cause of print-quality or paper-feeding issues.
Try the following solutions:
● Move the printer away from drafty locations, such as open windows or doors, or air-conditioning vents.
● Make sure the printer is not exposed to temperatures or humidity outside of printer specifications.
● Remove anything that is blocking the vents on the printer. The printer requires good air flow on all sides,
including the top.
● Protect the printer from airborne debris, dust, steam, grease, or other elements that can leave residue
inside the printer.
Follow these steps when text or images are not centered or aligned correctly on the printed page when printing
from specific trays.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Settings menu.
a. Copy/Print or Print
b. Print Quality
c. Image Registration
4. Select Print Test Page, and then follow the instructions on the printed pages.
Download any of the following drivers from the HP Web site: www.hp.com/support/ljM607 or www.hp.com/
support/ljM608 or www.hp.com/support/ljM609 or www.hp.com/support/ljM610 or www.hp.com/support/
ljM611 or www.hp.com/support/ljM612 or www.hp.com/support/ljE60055 or www.hp.com/support/ljE60065 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60075 or www.hp.com/support/ljE60155 or www.hp.com/support/ljE60165 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60175 or www.hp.com/support/ljM631MFP or www.hp.com/support/ljM632MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljM633MFP or www.hp.com/support/ljM634MFP or www.hp.com/support/ljM635MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljM636MFP or www.hp.com/support/ljE62555MFP or www.hp.com/support/ljE62565MFP
or www.hp.com/support/ljE62575MFP or www.hp.com/support/ljE62655MFP or www.hp.com/support/
ljE62665MFP or www.hp.com/support/ljE62675MFP.
Driver Description
HP PCL.6 driver If available, this printer-specific print driver supports older operating systems like Windows
XP and Windows Vista. For a list of supported operating systems, go to www.hp.com/go/
support.
HP PCL 6 driver This printer-specific print driver supports Windows 7 and newer operating systems that
support version 3 drivers. For a list of supported operating systems, go to www.hp.com/go/
support.
HP PCL-6 driver This product-specific print driver supports Windows 8 and newer operating systems that
support version 4 drivers. For a list of supported operating systems, go to www.hp.com/go/
support.
HP UPD PS driver ● Recommended for printing with Adobe software programs or with other highly
graphics-intensive software programs
● Provides support for printing from Postscript emulation needs, or for Postscript flash
font support
● Provides the overall best speed, print quality, and printer feature support for most
users
● Developed to align with Windows Graphic Device Interface (GDI) for best speed in
Windows environments
● Might not be fully compatible with third-party and custom software programs that
are based on PCL 5
Table 7-59 Light print on page 480 Table 7-57 Gray background or dark print Table 7-55 Blank page — No print on page 477
on page 479
Table 7-54 Black page on page 477 Table 7-53 Banding defects on page 476 Table 7-61 Streak defects on page 482
Table 7-56 Fixing/fuser defects on page 478 Table 7-58 Image placement defects Table 7-60 Output defects on page 481
on page 479
1. Reprint the document. Print quality defects can be intermittent in nature or can go away completely with
continued printing.
2. Check the condition of the cartridge or cartridges. If a cartridge is in a Very Low state (it has passed the
rated life), replace the cartridge.
3. Make sure that the driver and tray print mode settings match the media that is loaded in the tray. Try using
a different ream of media or a different tray. Try using a different print mode.
4. Make sure that the printer is within the supported operating temperature/humidity range.
5. Make sure that the paper type, size, and weight are supported by the printer. See support.hp.com for a list
of the supported paper sizes and types for the printer.
NOTE: The term “fusing” refers to the part of the printing process where toner is affixed to paper.
The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the printer short edge first.
● The output tray is too full 6. Remove the paper from the output
tray before the tray gets too full.
NOTE: Copy-quality (CQ) problems are associated with the integrated-scanner assembly (ISA) portion of an
MFP printer. CQ defects appear on pages that are copied using the document feeder or flatbed glass.
Resolving CQ problems involves isolating the defect to the document feeder or flatbed glass. Comparing printed
output between the document feeder and the flatbed glass might determine the ISA location that is causing the
CQ defect.
NOTE: If a CQ defect appears on printed output from both the document feeder and the flatbed glass, carefully
inspect the original source for a print-quality (PQ) problem.
1. Mark a printed page in a way that clearly identifies it as the source document used in this isolation
procedure.
2. Place the source page in the document feeder, and then make a copy.
3. Mark the copied output page to clearly identify it as output from the document feeder.
4. Compare the original and copied pages. Defects appearing on the copied page are caused by a problem in
the document feeder.
1. Mark a printed page in a way that clearly identifies it as the source document used in this isolation
procedure.
2. Place the source page on the flatbed glass, and then make a copy.
3. Mark the copied output page to clearly identify it as output from the flatbed.
4. Compare the original and copied pages. Defects appearing on the copied page are caused by a problem in
the flatbed.
Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and document feeder white plastic backing, which
might cause print defects. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner if the printed pages have streaks,
unwanted lines, black dots, poor print quality, or unclear text.
1. Press the power button to turn the printer off, and then disconnect the power cable from the electrical
outlet.
CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on
any part of the printer; these can damage the printer. Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen.
They might seep and damage the printer.
NOTE: If you are having trouble with streaks on copies when you are using the document feeder, be sure
to clean the small strips of glass on the left side of the scanner (callout 2, callout 3).
4. Dry the glass and white plastic parts with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
5. Connect the power cable to an outlet, and then press the power button to turn the printer on.
Vertical lines or streaks appear on copies and/or scans in the same direction that the paper feeds when copying
and/or scanning from the document feeder. Lines or streaks might be visible on the front and/or the back side of
the page. Copies and/or scans from the flatbed glass look normal. Printouts also look normal.
The line or streak might be black or in color, and can also be present on fax or digital send output (for example,
when using Scan to folder or Scan to email features.
Even if the document feeder glass strip and/or flatbed glass has been wiped clean, the defect might persist.
Persistent vertical lines, bands, or streaks when copying from the document feeder might mean that the debris
causing the print quality are not readily visible and cannot be removed with a quick cleaning.
Use the procedures below to resolve persistent lines, bands, or streak copy-quality (CQ) problems.
1. Place a blank sheet of paper in the document feeder and mark an X in the lower right corner as shown.
3. Place the copied paper face-up on the flatbed glass with the X located as shown.
NOTE: Make sure the upper left corner of the copy is aligned with the upper left corner of the flatbed
glass.
WARNING! Use only a fingernail. Other objects can scratch the document feeder glass.
Clean this specific area again (with a lint-free cloth dampened with water), and then dry the glass with a
soft, lint-free cloth.
NOTE: Not all MFP printers use a background selector for duplex printing.
If a Side 2 Background Selector cannot be located for the printer (it might not include one) skip this procedure.
1. Release the latch and open the document feeder jam-access door.
2. Unlock the Side 2 Background Selector by pressing and holding both green tabs inward towards each other.
3. While holding the green tabs, pull out and remove the Side 2 Background Selector.
NOTE: If the white and black areas do not come clean, try again using isopropyl alcohol, and then wipe
the surface thoroughly with a damp cloth to remove any residual alcohol. Dry the area with a soft, dry cloth
to prevent spotting.
5. With the background selector removed from the document feeder, clean the inside of the scan module.
6. In the back area from where the background selector was removed, locate the Side 2 Scan Module glass
found under the top area.
NOTE: The glass surface of the Side 2 Scan module sits horizontally flat and might not be easily viewable.
7. Use a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with water and apply pressure upwards behind the rollers to clean the
Side 2 Scan Module Glass, making sure to that the entire width of the glass is cleaned from left to right.
NOTE: If needed, lens cleaner or non-abrasive glass cleaner can be applied to the cloth before cleaning
the glass. Spray only onto the cloth and not directly onto the glass or device. Do not spray water or glass
cleaner on the glass as it can seep under it and possibly damage the printer. Do not use abrasives, acetone,
benzene, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on the glass; these can damage it and/or leave residue on
the glass resulting in degraded copy/scan quality.
IMPORTANT: The printer settings described in this section are firmware dependent and might not be available
for a specific printer (for example, color adjustment settings do not apply to mono printers).
NOTE: Settings > Print (SFP) or Copy/Print (MFP) > Image Adjustment > Background Cleanup.
Use this feature to improve the overall quality of the copy (for example, adjusting the Darkness and Sharpness.
Use the Background Cleanup setting to remove faint images from the background or to remove a light
background color.
● Darkness: Adjust this setting to increase or decrease the amount of white and black in the colors.
● Contrast: Adjust this setting to increase or decrease the difference between the lightest and darkest color
on the page.
● Sharpness: Adjust this setting to clarify or soften the image. Increasing the sharpness might make text
appear crisper, but decreasing it would make photographs appear smoother.
Use to optimize the output for a particular type of content. You can optimize the output for text, printed pictures,
or a mixture.
Use this setting to optimize the output for a particular type of content.
● Mixed: Use to optimize the setting for text and for pictures.
● Text: Use to optimize the text portion of the copy when text and/or pictures are on the original.
● Printed picture: Use to optimize line drawing and preprinted images such as magazine clippings or pages
from a book. If you see bands of irregular intensity on copies, try selecting Printed picture to improve
quality.
Color/Black settings
Use to enable or disable color scanning.(some highlighters will not auto detect as color).
● Automatically detect color or black: When pages without color are detected, the printer creates an image of
the page in 1-bit black if other settings allow. If the other settings don't allow (File Type, for example), the
image is in grayscale.
● Automatically detect color or gray: When pages without color are detected, the printer creates an image of
the page in grayscale. Select this option for the best image quality for non-color pages.
● Black: Scans documents in black and white with a compressed file size.
NOTE: When digitally sending or copying highlighted images or text objects, the image might appear lighter
than expected or does not show up at all with certain brands/types of highlighter pens.
Highlighters come in bright, often fluorescent colors. Fluorescent highlighter inks tend to reflect more light than
that which is absorbed by the paper source. This reflection might cause the image to not show up as well as
non-fluorescent colors depending upon the scanner/MFP being used.
The most common color for highlighters is yellow, but many other colors are also found such as pink, blue,
green, orange, and purples. Yellow is often the preferred color to use when making a photocopy as it tends to
not produce as much of a shadow on copies or scans.
There are different color and ink properties depending upon the brand of highlighters used. Due to these
differences, scanning of the images might vary greatly from not being seen at all to changing colors (for
example, orange highlighter might appear brown in the copy or scan or yellow highlighter might appear green).
HP has a feature in all FutureSmart (LaserJet Enterprise Series only) printers which automatically detects color
on each page. Depending upon the amount of color information on a page, the scanner might determine the
page to be black and white due to a very, very small amount of color which might be considered background
artifacts. This helps to reduce the file size of sent files as well as toner usage on a copied page. You might see
small highlighted marks on pages print out in black and white or even disappear.
The black and white effect is due to the printer not seeing enough color on the page, in which case the whole
image is rendered as a black and white page. The highlighted mark disappearing might be due to the marker
characteristics not being detected by the scanner.
A Firmware enhancement has been introduced for certain LaserJets to help with the reproduction of highlighted
images.
NOTE: Some Multifunction Printers (MFPs) using FutureSmart firmware v3.5.3 or later have improved color
reproduction of fluorescent highlighters when scanning or copying.
No or I don't know
Use the following steps to identify the installed firmware version, and then upgrade the firmware if needed.
2. On the printed configuration page look in the section marked Device Information, and then identify the
Firmware Datecode and Firmware Revision.
NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so that
the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.
c. Locate the firmware download. If the firmware version is more recent than the one shown on the
printed configuration page, select Download.
c. Enter the product name in the Find my product dialogue box, and then select Go.
TIP: Click on the How do I find my product name/number? link to see a short video on identifying the
printer name and number.
NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so that
the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.
f. Locate the firmware download. If the firmware version is more recent than the one shown on the
printed configuration page, select Download.
5. Perform a firmware upgrade. See the Firmware upgrades topic in the product service manual.
6. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade firmware
version was installed.
Yes
These procedures help provide settings which affect the way highlighters are scanned or copied. A firmware
enhancement is available for certain printers that helps with the reproduction of highlighted images.
1. From the Home screen, select the desired scanning application (for example, Copy, E-Mail, Save to
Network Folder).
2. Select More Options > Optimize Text/Picture > Text button (not slider). This enables the improved
color reproduction of fluorescent highlighters.
TIP: Administrators can set Text as the default setting on the device.
● Alternative Settings
See Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality on page 489 for more information.
NOTE: The image defects described in this topic are defects that occurred during development and that could
not be fully eliminated. Customers might observe these defects.
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 18 mm from the leading edge. This impulse band is caused by the
leading edge of the media impacting the OPC and causing a disturbance on the developer.
This defect occurs in fill areas where the leading edge of the media does not follow the correct path into the
transfer nip. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Paper path
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 25 mm from the leading edge. This impulse band is a developer blur
caused by the trailing edge of the media exiting the registration rollers.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
At the printer control panel open the following menus: Settings►General►Quiet Mode►On.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Paper path
Soft, gradual bands can be seen over a constant density area. It appears as slight gradients which repeat at
approximately 44.1 mm pitch. This phenomenon is a density variation which appears on the PQ due to the gap
variation between OPC and developer sleeve. This gap varies due to the part’s accuracy of the OPC,
developersleeve, and the spacer placed between the OPC and the developer sleeve.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent and more severe than acceptable limit sample, then replace the cartridge.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Toner cartridge
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 46 mm from the leading edge. This impulse band is a latent image
caused by the leading edge of the media entering the transfer nip.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
At the printer control panel open the following menus: Settings►General►Quiet Mode►On.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Paper path
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 50 mm from the trailing edge. This impulse band is a transfer blur
caused by the trailing edge of the media exiting the registration rollers.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
At the printer control panel open the following menus: Settings►General►Quiet Mode►On.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Paper path
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 75 mm from the trailing edge. This impulse band is a latent image blur
caused by the trailing edge of the media exiting the feed/re-feed roller nip.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
At the printer control panel open the following menus: Settings►General►Quiet Mode►On.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Paper path
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 104 mm from the trailing edge. This impulse band is a developer blur
caused by the input clutch (pick motor clutch) being turned off.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
At the printer control panel open the following menus: Settings►General►Quiet Mode►On.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Paper path
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 111 mm from the leading edge. This impulse band is a latent image blur
caused by the leading edge of the media entering the fuser nip.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
At the printer control panel open the following menus: Settings►General►Quiet Mode►On.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Paper path
A dark and usually sharp band occurring 120 mm from the trailing leading edge of a duplex page. This impulse
band is a developer blur caused by the trailing edge of the media exiting the re-feed roller nip.
This defect occurs in fill areas. This does not occur in text regions.
● If the defect is persistent, try printing in Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) which, because of the slower process
speed, allows the media to enter the transfer nip more reliably and with less impact force.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Paper path
Hot offset
Learn about the hot offset image-quality defect.
Slight offset of the image repeated approximately 75 mm down the page. The fuser is too hot. This issue occurs
when the fuser thermistor detection temperature did not follow the target temperature. This issue also occurs
when printing large duplex jobs (> 500 duplex pages) where the internal printer and fuser build up excessive
heat.
Hot offset might occur if the wrong media type is selected and might occur more commonly if the fuser is late in
life.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Fuser
Mottle/graininess
Learn about the hot mottle/graininess image-quality defect.
Large areas of fill look blotchy, grainy, non-uniform, or mottled. Graininess/fixing mottle is a phenomenon that
occurs by how the toner (dot) is pressed or melted depending on the media roughness. This leads to the density
variance or uneven gloss. This defect is caused by inconsistently melted toner. This defect tends to become
worse as the printer becomes hot.
● The defect appears in large areas of fill and is more severe in low temperature and humidity environments.
● The defect appears in large areas of fill and becomes worse as the printer temperature become hot.
● Change the print mode from Full Speed to Quiet Mode (1/2 speed) to improve the issue.
At the printer control panel open the following menus: Settings►General►Quiet Mode►On.
NOTE: The following item(s) might need to be repaired or replaced to prevent this defect form occurring.
● Media
● Toner
● Fuser
Fax or email troubleshooting information is not provided in this service manual. The most current information is
available in WISE or HP Channel Services Network (CSN). Search using model number then use "fax
troubleshooting" as the search term.
HP service personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engines (WISE) sites:
Americas (AMS)
● WISE - English
● WISE - Spanish
● WISE - Portuguese
● WISE - French
● WISE - English
● WISE - Japanese
● WISE - Korean
● WISE - Thai
● WISE - English
NOTE: Tray 1 and Tray 2 are optimal for paper pickup when using special paper or media other than 75-80gsm
(20lb) plain paper. For Tray 1 and Tray 2 the printer increases the number of attempts to pick up a page, which
increases the reliability of successfully picking the page from the tray and decreases the possibility of a mis-pick
jam.
HP recommends using Tray 1 or Tray 2 if the printer is experiencing excessive or reoccurring jams from trays
other than Tray 1 and Tray 2, or for print jobs that require media other than 75-80gsm (20lb) plain paper.
Pages print but are totally blank. The document might contain blank pages. Check the original document to see if
content is present on all of the pages.
Pages print but are totally blank. The printer might be malfunctioning. To check the printer, print a Configuration
page.
Pages print but are totally blank. Make sure that the printer is not feeding Make sure that the paper meets HP
multiple pages (especially if very thin paper specifications for this printer.
is used).
For a complete list of specific HP-brand
paper that this printer supports, go to
www.hp.com/support/ljM607 or
www.hp.com/support/ljM608 or
www.hp.com/support/ljM609 or
www.hp.com/support/ljM610 or
www.hp.com/support/ljM611 or
www.hp.com/support/ljM612 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60055 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60065 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60075 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60155 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60165 or
www.hp.com/support/ljE60175 or
www.hp.com/support/ljM631MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljM632MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljM633MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljM634MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljM635MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljM636MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljE62555MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljE62565MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljE62575MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljE62655MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljE62665MFP or
www.hp.com/support/ljE62675MFP.
Pages print very slowly. Heavier paper types can slow the print job. Print on a different type of paper.
Pages print very slowly. Complex pages can print slowly. Proper fusing might require a slower print
speed to ensure the best print quality.
NOTE: Some software programs process
print jobs slowly.
Pages print very slowly. Large batches, narrow paper, and special Print in smaller batches, on a different type
paper such as gloss, transparency, of paper, or on a different size of paper.
NOTE: Some software programs process cardstock, and HP Tough Paper can slow the
print jobs slowly. print job.
Pages did not print. The printer might not be pulling paper Make sure paper is loaded in the tray
correctly. correctly.
Pages did not print. The paper is jamming in the printer. Clear the jam.
Pages did not print. The USB cable might be defective or ● Disconnect the USB cable at both ends
incorrectly connected. and reconnect it.
Pages did not print. Other devices are running on the host The printer might not share a USB port. If an
computer. external hard drive or network switchbox is
connected to the same port as the printer,
the other device might be interfering with
the printer. To connect and use the printer,
disconnect the other device or use two USB
ports on the host computer.
Pages did not print. The print job might not have arrived at the Check the printer status queue. Also, the
printer. Printing message should appear on the
control panel display.
Print speeds
Print speed is the number of pages that print in one minute. Print speed depends on different engine-process
speeds or operational pauses between printed pages during normal printer operation. Factors that determine
the print speed of the printer include the following:
The printer must pause for each page to be formatted before it prints. Complex pages take more time to
format, resulting in reduced print speed. However, most jobs print at full engine speed.
● Media size
Legal-size media reduces print speed because it is longer than the standard Letter- or A4–size media. A
reduce print speed is used when printing on narrow media to prevent the edges of the fuser from
overheating.
● Media mode
Some media types require a reduced print speed to achieve maximum print quality on that media. For
example, glossy, heavy, and specialty media (for example, envelopes or photos) require a reduced print
speed. To maximize the print speed for special media types, make sure that the correct media type in the
print driver is selected.
To prevent printer damage, print speed is reduced if the printer reaches a specific internal temperature
(thermal slow down). The starting temperature of the printer, ambient environment temperature, and the
print job size effect the number of pages that can be printed before the printer reduces the print speed.
Thermal slow down reduces print speed by printing four pages and then pausing for an amount of time
before printing continues.
Other factors (especially during large print jobs) that can cause reduced print speeds include:
– Density control sequence; occurs every 150 pages and takes about 120 seconds
1. Make sure the printer is turned on and that the control panel indicates it is ready.
● If the control panel does not indicate the printer is ready, turn the printer off and then on again.
● If the control panel indicates the printer is ready, try sending the job again.
2. If the control panel indicates the printer has an error, resolve the error and then try sending the job again.
3. Make sure the cables are all connected correctly. If the printer is connected to a network, check the
following items:
● Check the bottom LED next to the network connection on the printer. If the network is active, the light
is green.
● Make sure that a network cable and not a phone cord is used to connect to the network.
● Make sure the network router, hub, or switch is turned on and that it is working correctly.
4. Install the HP software for the printer. Using generic printer drivers can cause delays clearing jobs from the
print queue.
5. From the list of printers on your computer, right-click the name of this product, click Properties, and open
the Ports tab.
● If a network cable is used to connect to the network, make sure the printer name listed on the Ports
tab matches the one on the printer configuration page.
● If a USB cable is used, and the printer is connected to a wireless network, make sure the box is
checked next to Virtual printer port for USB.
6. If a personal firewall system on the computer is used, it might be blocking communication with the printer.
Try temporarily disabling the firewall to see if it is the source of the problem.
7. If the host computer or the printer is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or interference
might be delaying print jobs.
2. When the printer is configured to print on some paper types, such as heavy paper, the printer prints more
slowly so it can correctly fuse the toner to the paper. If the paper type setting is not correct for the type of
paper you are using, change the setting to the correct paper type.
3. If the host computer or the printer is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or interference
might be delaying print jobs.
● Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product.
● Verify that the cable is not longer than 2 m (6.65 ft). Try using a shorter cable.
● Verify that the cable is working correctly by connecting it to another product. Replace the cable if
necessary.
Introduction
Check the following items to verify that the printer is communicating with the network. Before beginning, print a
configuration page from the printer control panel and locate the printer IP address that is listed on this page.
Use the following procedure when the printer has a poor physical connection.
1. Verify that the printer is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the correct length.
3. Look at the network port connection on the back of the printer, and verify that the amber activity light and
the green link-status light are lit.
Use the following procedure when the computer is using the incorrect IP address for the printer.
1. Open the printer properties and click the Ports tab. Verify that the current IP address for the printer is
selected. The printer IP address is listed on the printer configuration page.
2. If you installed the printer using the HP standard TCP/IP port, select the box labeled Always print to this
printer, even if its IP address changes.
3. If you installed the printer using a Microsoft standard TCP/IP port, use the hostname instead of the IP
address.
4. If the IP address is correct, delete the printer and then add it again.
Use the following procedure when the computer is unable to communicate with the printer.
● For Windows, click Start, click Run, type cmd, and then press Enter.
2. If the ping command failed, verify that the network hubs are on, and then verify that the network settings,
the printer, and the computer are all configured for the same network.
The printer is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network
HP recommends leaving these settings in automatic mode (the default setting). If you change these settings,
you must also change them for your network.
Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the correct print driver.
Use the following procedure when the computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly.
1. Check the network drivers, print drivers, and the network redirection settings.
Use the following procedure when the printer is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect.
1. Review the configuration page to check the status of the network protocol. Enable it if necessary.
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:
Americas (AMS)
● WISE - English
● WISE - Spanish
● WISE - Portuguese
● WISE - French
● WISE - English
● WISE - Japanese
● WISE - Korean
● WISE - Thai
● WISE - English
When servicing the printer, several items must be taken into account to ensure a successful repair and to avoid
damage to the printer or injury. Learn about these considerations and find detailed instructions for removing and
replacing printer parts.
Channel partners go to partner.hp.com, and then use the steps below to access the HP Web-based Interactive
Search Engine (WISE).
● Service manuals
● Service advisories
● Printer specifications
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:
● WISE - English
● WISE - Spanish
● WISE - Portuguese
● WISE - French
● WISE - English
● WISE - Japanese
● WISE - Korean
● WISE - Thai
● WISE - English
The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.
Ordering
Order parts by authorized service providers.
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported web browser on your computer, enter the
printer IP address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS
contains a link to the HP SureSupply web site, which provides
options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the exploded assembly diagrams are orderable parts.
Refer to the tables following the diagrams or the alphabetical/numerical parts lists to determine if a part is
orderable.
To order cartridges, visit http://www.hp.com (some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only).
Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries/regions have
information about ordering by telephone, locating a local store, and printing a shopping list. In addition, go to
hp.com/supplies to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country/region.
Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the cartridge that is being
replaced. Find the cartridge number in the following places:
● On a sticker inside the printer. Open the cartridge door to locate the sticker.
● Open the printer software (HP Printer Assistant), and then click Shop►Shop For Supplies Online.
● Open the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS), and then click Tools►Supply Status (under the Product
Information item).
Toner cartridge HP 37A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge CF327-67901 CF327A
(Standard-capacity)
(Standard-capacity)
Toner cartridge HP 37X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner CF237-67902 CF237X
Cartridge
(High-capacity)
Toner cartridge HP 70X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner W1470-67902 W1470X
Cartridge
(High-capacity)
Toner cartridge HP 37Y Extra High Yield Black Original LaserJet CF237-67904 CF237Y
Toner Cartridge
(Extra high-capacity)
Toner cartridge HP 70Y Extra High Yield Black Original LaserJet W1470-67903 W1470Y
Toner Cartridge
(Extra high-capacity)
Toner cartridge HP CF237YC Extra High Yield Black Original CF237-67905 CF237YC
LaserJet Toner Cartridge
(Extra high-capacity)
(Standard-capacity)
ADF rollers HP LaserJet 300 ADF Roller Replacement Kit 5851-7202 J8J95A
(MFP)
(MFP)
(MFP)
(SFP)
(SFP)
550-sheet paper feeder (optional; included with the x model) L0H17-67901 L0H17A
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175 only)
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175 only)
Stand with storage cabinet to support the printer (optional ) L0H19-67901 L0H19A
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175 only)
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175 only)
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175 only)
550-sheet paper feeder (optional; included with the x model) J8J89-67901 J8J89A
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675 only)
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675 only)
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675 only)
HP LaserJet Keyboard Overlay Kit (Simplified Chinese & Traditional Chinese) A7W12-67901 A7W12A
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675 only)
Customer self-repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP LaserJet printers to reduce repair time.
NOTE: More information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-support and
www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.
(M631/M632/M633/E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
(M607/M608/M609 n / dn models)
(M607/M608/M609/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/
E60165/E60175)
(MFP)
White Backing Retention Clips Kit Retention clips to hold white backing in place A 5851-7207
(MFP)
Tray 1 Roller Kit Pick, feed and separation roller kit A J8J70-67903
Tray roller Kit Pick, feed and separation roller kit A J8J70-67904
(MFP)
500GB Encrypted Hard Disk Drive Kit Replacement hard disk drive A 5851-6712
B5L47-67020 (UK)
(ZHTW, ZHCN)
(ES, PT)
(JA-KG, JA-KT)
Channel partners go to partner.hp.com, and then use the steps below to access the HP Web-based Interactive
Search Engine (WISE).
● Service manuals
● Service advisories
● Printer specifications
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:
● WISE - English
● WISE - Spanish
● WISE - Portuguese
● WISE - French
● WISE - English
● WISE - Japanese
● WISE - Korean
● WISE - Thai
● WISE - English
The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.
1 2
3
8
4
7 6 9
Number Description
M608x, M609x: Color touchscreen display control panel (tilts up for easier viewing)
2 Output bin
4 On/off button
6 Tray 2
9 1x550-sheet paper feeder, Tray 3 (included with the M608z and M609z models; optional for the other models)
6
8
7
Number Description
2 Output bin
4 On/off button
6 Tray 2
7 1x550-sheet paper feeder, Tray 3 (included with the M611x and M612x models; optional for the other models)
4
3
5
2
1
Number Description
5 Power connection
3
2
1
Number Description
3 Power connection
2 3
1
4
5
6
12 7
1
8
2 9
11 10 21
13 22
20
14
23
15
24
3
19 3
16
18
17
8 Formatter (contains the interface ports) 20 HP Stapling Mailbox (included with the
M631z, M632z, and M633z)
9 Slot for a cable-type security lock 21 Hardware integration pocket (for connecting
accessories and third-party devices)
8
2 9
11 10 19
15 20
18
14
21
13
16 3
22
17 3
6 Right door (access for clearing jams) 18 HP Stapling Mailbox (included with the
M634z, M635z, and M636z)
8 Formatter (contains the interface ports) 20 Keyboard (M634h, M635z, and M636z only.
Pull the keyboard straight out to use it.)
9 Slot for a cable-type security lock 21 Stapler door (included with the M634z,
M635z, and M636z)
5
Number Description
Item Description
1 Delivery assembly
2 Registration assembly
3 Pickup assembly
Item Description
1 Inner cover
Item Description
1 Delivery assembly
2 Registration assembly
3 Pickup assembly
Item Description
Item Description
2 DC controller PCA
3 Pickup assembly
Item Description
Item Description
Item Description
Item Description
Item Description
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
WARNING! The fuser might be hot. Always wait for the fuser to cool before removing.
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Hold the handles of the fuser and install it into the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-34 Close the rear door or close the right door
View a video of how to remove and replace the tray 1 pickup roller.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-36 Release two tabs and remove the pickup roller
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-37 Install the pickup roller and release two tabs
Figure 8-38 Install the pickup roller cover and close two tabs
View a video of how to remove and replace the tray 1 separation roller.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-42 Open one tab and install the tray 1 separation roller
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-44 Hold up the lifting plate and attach two hinge shafts
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts .
Required tools
1. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
b. Lift up and remove the secondary transfer roller assembly in the direction indicated by the arrows.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. At each end of the secondary transfer roller, pinch two tabs together to install it.
2. To correctly seat the secondary transfer roller, make sure that the pin on each end is aligned in the grooves
of the transfer assembly.
Figure 8-49 Align the end pins of the secondary transfer roller in the grooves
Figure 8-50 Press down and snap the ends into place
5. Do the following:
View a video on how to remove and replace the document feeder rollers.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Grasp both sides of the document feeder pick roller (callout 1), and then remove the roller assembly in the
direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2).
6. Lift the document feeder separation roller (callout 1), and then remove the roller assembly in the direction
indicated by the arrow (callout 2).
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Insert the left end of the replacement separation roller into the document feeder location (callout 1), and
then press the roller assembly down as indicated by the arrow (callout 2).
2
1
3. Insert the left end of the replacement pick roller assembly into the document feeder location as indicated.
5. Rotate the pick roller assembly up into the holder (callout 1), and then slide the blue locking lever toward
the back of the printer (callout 2).
Figure 8-63 Rotate the pick roller up and slide the blue locking lever towards the back
2
1
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Print a page and make sure that the toner is fused to the page properly.
Follow these steps to remove the white backing and retention clips.
2. Grasp the edge of the white backing, and then firmly pull it away from the document feeder to remove the
white backing and the retention clips.
NOTE: The clips are still attached to the white backing when it is removed.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Follow these steps to install the white backing and retention clips.
1. Verify that the springs are positioned correctly on each of the retention clips provided in the replacement
kit.
3. Press on each retention clip to make sure that they are fully installed. You will hear an audible click when
the clip is correctly installed.
NOTE: Do not remove the protective film off of the top of the adhesive square yet.
7. Position the white backing on the image scanner glass. Make sure that the corner with the embossed arrow
on the backing is positioned against the corner with the white arrow on the scanner.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. Do the following:
CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive (ESD) parts. Always touch the sheet‑metal chassis to provide a
static ground before touching an ESD‑sensitive part.
Figure 8-80 Release the HDD locking connector and pinch the retainer to release it
2. Do the following:
a. Rotate the connector end of the HDD out and away from the formatter (callout 1).
b. Slide the HDD away from the formatter cage, in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2), and
remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Figure 8-82 Locate the slot where the HDD mounting tab is installed
2. Do the following:
a. Insert the HDD cradle mounting tab into the slot in the sheet metal.
b. Slide the HDD toward the formatter cage (callout 1) to fully install the tab in the sheet metal.
c. Rotate the connector end (callout 2) of the HDD toward the formatter.
Figure 8-83 Install the tab into the slot and rotate the connector end
NOTE: It might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it with the slot.
Figure 8-84 The locking connector is latched and the standoff is engaged with the slot
▲ Slide the formatter cover onto the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1), and then
tighten two thumb screws (callout 2).
NOTE:
Figure 8-85 Slide on the formatter cover and tighten two thumb screws
1
2
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-86 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Do the following:
a. If a hard disk drive (HDD) is not installed, skip the next two steps and go to step 3.
b. On the HDD, release the locking connector (callout 1), and then pinch the retainer (callout 2) to
release it.
CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive (ESD) parts. Always touch the sheet‑metal chassis to provide a
static ground before touching an ESD‑sensitive part.
Figure 8-87 Release the HDD locking connector and pinch the retainer to release it
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the HDD away from the formatter cage (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-88 Rotate the HDD away from the formatter and remove the HDD
Figure 8-90 Release two locking arms and pivot the DIMM away from the holder
5. Lift up and remove the DIMM in the direction indicated by the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Insert the replacement DIMM down into the DIMM holder on the formatter in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
Figure 8-93 Pivot the DIMM into the holder and secure the two locking arms
3. Do the following:
a. If a hard disk drive (HDD) is not installed, steps 8, 9 and 10 are not necessary.
b. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot in the sheet metal (callout 1) where the HDD
cradle mounting tab (callout 2) must be installed.
Figure 8-94 Locate the slot where the HDD mounting tab is installed
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the HDD to toward the formatter cage (callout 1) to fully install the tab in the sheet metal.
c. Rotate the connector end (callout 2) of the HDD toward the formatter.
Figure 8-95 Install the tab into the slot and rotate the connector end
5. Make sure that the locking connector (callout 1) latches and that the standoff (callout 2) engages with the
slot in the formatter.
NOTE: It might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it with the slot.
Figure 8-96 The locking connector is latched and the standoff is engaged with the slot
NOTE:
Figure 8-97 Slide on the formatter cover and tighten two thumb screws
1
2
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive (ESD) parts. Always touch the sheet‑metal chassis to provide a static
ground before touching an ESD‑sensitive part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
a. Position the telephone port on the end of the fax PCA through the opening in the formatter case
(callout 1).
b. Rotate the connector end toward the formatter (callout 2), and then install the connector on the fax
PCA into the connector on the formatter.
1
2
▲ Slide the formatter cover onto the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1), and then
tighten two thumb screws (callout 2).
NOTE:
1
2
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. From the internal USB ports/AA module accessory kit, obtain the following items:
B5L24-60106
E6B67-60104
B5L46-60115
F2A76-60115
Figure 8-105 Locate the space for installing the internal USB ports/AA module
3. Do the following:
a. Hold the small PCA and the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation.
b. Align the top and bottom cutouts of the PCA on the tabs of the PCA mounting cradle.
c. Secure the small PCA on the PCA mounting cradle until it snaps in place.
Figure 8-106 Mount the PCA on the PCA mounting cradle and snap it in place
5. Do the following:
a. Hold the small PCA attached to the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation, with the attached
cable at the bottom.
b. In the upper right corner of the formatter cage area, locate the upper and lower sheet metal hooks.
c. Slide the assembly and mount it so that the upper and lower tabs of the PCA mounting cradle slide
into the sheet metal hooks.
7. Connect the USB cable (disconnected from the formatter) to the USB connector on the small PCA as
indicated by the arrows.
NOTE: The USB connector on the small PCA is to the left of where the white connector of the double-
cable is installed.
Figure 8-110 Connect the formatter USB cable to the small PCA
Figure 8-111 Connect the small PCA USB cable to the formatter USB connector
9. Connect the small white connector of the double-cable attached to the small PCA, to the matching
connector near the upper right edge of the formatter as indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-112 Connect the small white connector from the small PCA to the formatter
▲ Slide the formatter cover onto the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1), and then
tighten two thumb screws (callout 2).
NOTE:
1
2
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. From the foreign interface harness (FIH) accessory kit, locate the FIH cable.
2. Do the following:
b. Plug the USB end of the FIH cable into the printer USB port.
Figure 8-115 Plug the FIH cable into the printer USB port
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Access the menus by using the printer control panel, and then print a configuration page to make sure that the
printer is functioning correctly.
Follow these steps to remove the keyboard (Flow M631z/Flow M632z/Flow M633z).
Figure 8-116 Tilt the control panel and open the document feeder
2. Beginning at the right side of the control-panel cover, carefully release five tabs along the top edge of the
cover.
6. Push up on the keyboard tray to release two tabs on the bottom of the tray, and then slide the tray toward
you to disengage the tabs.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Follow these steps to install the keyboard (Flow M631z/Flow M632z/Flow M633z).
IMPORTANT: Slightly tug on the cable to make sure that it is fully captured in the connector.
NOTE: When the connector latch is closed and the cable is correctly installed, the white line on the cable is
parallel to the connector latch.
6. Beginning at the right side of the control-panel cover, install five tabs along the top edge of the cover.
TIP: If the keyboard is unresponsive after turning the printer on, check the flat cable installed in step 4.
Reinstall the cable if necessary.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Access the menus by using the printer control panel, and then print a configuration page to make sure that the
printer is functioning correctly.
1. Tilt the control panel forward (callout 1), and then open the document feeder (callout 2).
2. Beginning at the right side of the control-panel cover, carefully release five tabs along the top edge of the
cover.
4. Keyboard models only: Lift up on the small, gray gate to release the keyboard flat cable.
Figure 8-133 Disconnect the keyboard flat cable (keyboard models only)
NOTE: Flow M632z only: Disconnect one connector (callout 3), release four tabs (callout 4), and then
remove the near-field communication (NFC) printed circuit board. Set this part aside to install on the
replacement control panel..
1
2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Tilt the replacement control panel away from the base plate.
2. Position the rear edge of the control panel in the printer (callout 1), and then lower the front edge down
(callout 2) to install it.
NOTE: Make sure that the control panel frame fits under the sheet metal tab on the right rear.
Keyboard models only: Make sure that the keyboard flat cable is accessible through the opening in the
control panel base before installing the screws in the next step.
4. Connect two connectors (callout 1) and install the USB cable (callout 2) in the holder.
Figure 8-141 Check the keyboard flat cable (keyboard models only)
6. Keyboard models only: Close the connector latch to secure the keyboard flat cable.
Figure 8-142 Connect the keyboard flat cable (keyboard models only)
8. Beginning at the right side of the control panel cover, install five tabs along the top edge of the cover.
Keyboard models only: If the keyboard is unresponsive after turning the printer on, check the flat cable
installed in step 6. Reinstall the cable if necessary.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Follow these steps to remove the tray 2 separation and pickup rollers.
1. Open the paper tray for which the rollers will be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not extend more than one paper tray at a time. Do not use the paper tray as a step. Keep
hands out of the paper trays when closing. All trays must be closed when moving the printer.
2. Tray 2 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, open the right door.
● Go to step 9.
b. Go to step 9.
8. M631z/M632fht/Flow M632z/FlowM633z printers only: Open the right door of the paper feeder.
a. Release the green tab, and then lower the feed assembly cover.
b. Go to step 9.
Figure 8-158 Tilt the tool down, and then remove the separation roller
NOTE: The tool will be used to install the new separation roller.
Figure 8-159 Remove the orange tool from the separation roller
16. Locate and pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers.
Figure 8-161 Pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers
Figure 8-162 Slide the blue tab left, compressing the left blue post until it clicks
18. Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post. Make sure that the roller is clear of
the black post on the right.
Figure 8-163 Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post
Figure 8-164 Lift up the front of the roller assembly and pull away to remove it
1 2
20. If the left post does not stay in the locked position, press the end of the post left until it clicks into place.
Figure 8-165 Securely lock the left post into position by pressing the end left until it clicks
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Follow these steps to install the tray 2 separation and pickup rollers.
1. Align the arrow on the roller assembly with the arrow in the printer, and then slide the rollers into the
printer.
Figure 8-166 Align the roller assembly and slide the rollers into the printer
Figure 8-167 Slide the rollers to the right onto the black shaft
3. Confirm correct installation: The white hook on the top of the roller assembly (callout 1) will hook onto a
sheet metal plate (callout 2) when installed correctly.
Figure 8-168 Correctly install the white hook onto a sheet metal plate
NOTE: The blue shaft should spring to the right to click into position to hold the rollers in place.
5. Remove the orange tool from the roller assembly by pulling it away from the printer.
NOTE: The blue arrow on the printer is hidden when the cover is correctly snapped into place.
Figure 8-171 Pivot the tab up and snap it to lock the rollers correctly in place
7. Incorrect installation: If the rollers are hanging, or at an angle, they are not installed correctly.
Figure 8-173 Correctly attach the rollers top hook to the metal chassis plate inside the printer
9. Install the orange separation roller tool onto the replacement separation roller.
NOTE: The tool will snap into place when it is fully installed.
Figure 8-174 Install the replacement separation roller onto the orange tool
1
2
11. When installed correctly, the embossed arrow on the roller case aligns with the white tab on the rail.
Figure 8-176 Install the roller over the white tab with the arrow aligned
a. Align the center of the roller with the end of the metal shaft.
b. Slide the roller to the right onto the metal shaft until it snaps into place.
13. Remove the orange tool by pulling it away from the printer.
15. M631z/M632fht/Flow M632z/FlowM633z printers only: Close the right door of the paper feeder.
17. Tray 3 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, close the right lower cover.
19. Tray 2 rollers only: On the right side of the printer, close the right door.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
▲ Slide the formatter cover onto the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1), and then
tighten two thumb screws (callout 2).
NOTE:
1
2
View a video of how to remove and replace the scanner control board.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
J8J64-67901 Image scanner whole unit kit (SCB cover included in kit)
Required tools
Follow these steps to remove the scanner control board (SCB) cover.
2. Rotate the SCB cover in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
NOTE: The SCB cover is included in the Scanner Whole Unit Kit for replacement part number ordering
purposes.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-190 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Press the button above the cartridge door (callout 1), and then open the door in the direction indicated by
the arrow (callout 2).
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the left lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. Press the button above the cartridge door (callout 1), and then open the door in the direction indicated by
the arrow (callout 2).
▲ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow in the figure
below to remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the left door assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. Press the button above the cartridge door (callout 1), and then open the door in the direction indicated by
the arrow (callout 2).
▲ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow in the figure
below to remove it.
2. Do the following:
2
3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the image scanner front cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-216 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-225 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the image scanner right cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-247 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-256 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-279 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-288 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the right upper cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-313 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-322 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow in the figure
below to remove it.
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the right upper cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
Figure 8-342 Release one tab and slide right upper cover
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the image scanner upper cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-350 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-359 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Lift up the image scanner upper cover (callout 1) and remove it.
Figure 8-374 Lift and remove the image scanner upper cover
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the image scanner rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-382 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-391 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Lift up the image scanner upper cover (callout 1) and remove it.
Figure 8-406 Lift and remove the image scanner upper cover
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner rear cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
Figure 8-407 Slide and remove the image scanner rear cover
1
2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the front cover assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-415 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-424 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-442 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the top cover assembly/face-down tray assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-450 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-459 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Lift up the image scanner upper cover (callout 1) and remove it.
Figure 8-474 Lift and remove the image scanner upper cover
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner rear cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
Figure 8-475 Slide and remove the image scanner rear cover
1
2
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-479 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
Follow these steps to remove the top cover assembly/face-down tray assembly.
1. Do the following:
b. Slide the top cover assembly (callout 2) and the face-down tray assembly, and then remove them
both at the same time.
Figure 8-480 Release one tab and then remove the top cover and face-down tray assemblies
1 2
2. Do the following:
c. Remove the face-down tray assembly (callout 3) from the top cover assembly (callout 4).
Figure 8-481 Remove two screws and release two tabs and then remove the face-down tray from
the top cover assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-489 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-498 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-520 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-521 Remove one screw and release one tab and remove the inner left cover
1 3
2. Slide the right lower cover (callout 1) in the direction that arrow indicates, and remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the right door assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-530 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-539 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-561 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-562 Remove one screw and release one tab and remove the inner left cover
1 3
2. Slide the right lower cover (callout 1) in the direction that arrow indicates, and remove it.
1. Do the following:
b. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
1
3 2
2. Remove three e-rings (callout 1).
Figure 8-566 Release two hinges from the right and left shafts
4. Slide the right door assembly (callout 1) in the direction that arrow indicates and remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Place a document on the scanner glass and scan it. Verify the document scanned correctly.
Follow these steps to remove the scanner control board (SCB) cover.
2. Rotate the SCB cover in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
NOTE: The SCB cover is included in the Scanner Whole Unit Kit for replacement part number ordering
purposes.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
Place a document on the scanner glass and scan it. Verify the document scanned correctly.
Follow these steps to remove the scanner control board (SCB) cover.
2. Rotate the SCB cover in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
NOTE: The SCB cover is included in the Scanner Whole Unit Kit for replacement part number ordering
purposes.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
▲ Lay the automatic document feeder (ADF) on a flat surface so that the white backing is facing up. Remove
four screws on each hinge (callout 1), and then remove the hinges.
1 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Place a document on the scanner glass and scan it. Verify the document scanned correctly.
3. Do the following:
a. Lift the latches to release three flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect them.
Figure 8-589 Disconnect connectors and remove two screws and release the grounding wire
2 3
4. Do the following:
a. Partially slide the SCB out of the printer, and then release the locking tab to disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
b. Slide the SCB out of the printer and remove it (callout 2).
5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
▲ When reinstalling the SCB, make sure all of the cables are positioned on top of the SCB before sliding
it into the printer.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Place a document on the scanner glass and scan it. Verify the document scanned correctly.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-599 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-608 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-612 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Remove one zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) and seven connectors (callout 2) from formatter PCA.
NOTE: One connector at the upper left corner of the formatter PCA is hidden behind the sheet metal and
is not indicated by callout 2.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-622 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-631 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Lift up the image scanner upper cover (callout 1) and remove it.
Figure 8-646 Lift and remove the image scanner upper cover
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner rear cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
Figure 8-647 Slide and remove the image scanner rear cover
1
2
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-651 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
Follow these steps to remove the top cover assembly/face-down tray assembly.
1. Do the following:
b. Slide the top cover assembly (callout 2) and the face-down tray assembly, and then remove them
both at the same time.
Figure 8-652 Release one tab and then remove the top cover and face-down tray assemblies
1 2
2. Do the following:
c. Remove the face-down tray assembly (callout 3) from the top cover assembly (callout 4).
Figure 8-653 Remove two screws and release two tabs and then remove the face-down tray from
the top cover assembly
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-654 Remove the connector foam cover and four screws
3. Do the following:
NOTE: Do not forget to replace the connector cover when installing the laser scanner assembly.
Figure 8-656 Remove the FFC and the laser scanner assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-658 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-660 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the paper delivery assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
Figure 8-662 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-671 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-680 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Lift up the image scanner upper cover (callout 1) and remove it.
Figure 8-695 Lift and remove the image scanner upper cover
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner rear cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
Figure 8-696 Slide and remove the image scanner rear cover
1
2
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-700 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
Follow these steps to remove the top cover assembly/face-down tray assembly.
1. Do the following:
b. Slide the top cover assembly (callout 2) and the face-down tray assembly, and then remove them
both at the same time.
Figure 8-701 Release one tab and then remove the top cover and face-down tray assemblies
1 2
2. Do the following:
c. Remove the face-down tray assembly (callout 3) from the top cover assembly (callout 4).
Figure 8-702 Remove two screws and release two tabs and then remove the face-down tray from
the top cover assembly
1. Press down the gear (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and rotate it.
3. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-706 Disconnect two connectors and remove two screws and the delivery assembly
2 3
4
1
NOTE: When installing the delivery assembly, make sure to check that the bosses (callout 1) on the right
and left sides are correctly engaged with the groove (callout 2) of the side plate.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the low-voltage power supply assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-715 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-724 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
Figure 8-743 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-745 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage power
supply
3 2
4
1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the fuser drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-753 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-762 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
Figure 8-781 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-783 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage power
supply
3 2
4
1
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the side of the cage, remove three screws (callout 2) at the formatter,
and then remove one recessed screw (callout 3) inside the cage..
NOTE: Pull the cables through the openings sheet-metal to remove the formatter and formatter cage.
3
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the lifter drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-793 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-802 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
Figure 8-821 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-823 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage power
supply
3 2
4
1
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the side of the cage, remove three screws (callout 2) at the formatter,
and then remove one recessed screw (callout 3) inside the cage..
NOTE: Pull the cables through the openings sheet-metal to remove the formatter and formatter cage.
3
1 2
2. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
3. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-829 Remove two screws and the lifter drive assembly
NOTE: When installing the lifter drive assembly (callout 1), make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the
correct position.
2 1
Figure 8-831 Incorrect position of the lever
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the developing drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
Remove the automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner control board (SCB)
Follow these steps to remove the automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner control board (SCB).
1. If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now (callout 1) until it stops. Open the document
feeder (callout 2).
2. Beginning at the right side of the control-panel cover, carefully release five tabs along the top edge of the
cover.
NOTE: Keyboard models only. For all other models, skip this step and go to step h.
NOTE: Keyboard models only. For all other models, skip this step and go to step h.
6. Push up on the keyboard tray to release two tabs on the bottom of the tray, and then slide the tray toward
you to disengage the tabs.
NOTE: Keyboard models only. For all other models, skip this step and go to step h.
8. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then release the USB cable (callout 2) from the holder.
NOTE: Flow M632z only: Disconnect one connector (callout 3), release four tabs, and then remove the
near-field communication (NFC; callout 4) printed circuit board. Set this part aside to install on the
replacement control panel.
1 3
10. Lift the front of the control panel off of the printer (callout 1), and then slide it toward the front of the
printer (callout 2) to remove it.
1
2
12. Rotate the image scanner back cover up and remove it.
a. Lift the latches to release three flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect them.
2 3
14. Do the following:
a. Partially slide the SCB out of the printer, and then release the locking tab to disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
b. Slide the SCB out of the printer and remove it (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure all of the cables are positioned on top of the SCB before sliding it into the printer.
18. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-851 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-860 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
Figure 8-879 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-881 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage power
supply
3 2
4
1
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the side of the cage, remove three screws (callout 2) at the formatter,
and then remove one recessed screw (callout 3) inside the cage..
NOTE: Pull the cables through the openings sheet-metal to remove the formatter and formatter cage.
3
1 2
1. Do the following:
3
1
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-885 Release two tabs and remove the cable guide
3. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-887 Remove four screws and the developer drive assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
Remove the automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner control board (SCB)
Follow these steps to remove the automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner control board (SCB).
1. If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now (callout 1) until it stops. Open the document
feeder (callout 2).
2. Beginning at the right side of the control-panel cover, carefully release five tabs along the top edge of the
cover.
NOTE: Keyboard models only. For all other models, skip this step and go to step h.
NOTE: Keyboard models only. For all other models, skip this step and go to step h.
6. Push up on the keyboard tray to release two tabs on the bottom of the tray, and then slide the tray toward
you to disengage the tabs.
NOTE: Keyboard models only. For all other models, skip this step and go to step h.
8. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then release the USB cable (callout 2) from the holder.
NOTE: Flow M632z only: Disconnect one connector (callout 3), release four tabs, and then remove the
near-field communication (NFC; callout 4) printed circuit board. Set this part aside to install on the
replacement control panel.
1 3
10. Lift the front of the control panel off of the printer (callout 1), and then slide it toward the front of the
printer (callout 2) to remove it.
1
2
12. Rotate the image scanner back cover up and remove it.
a. Lift the latches to release three flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect them.
2 3
14. Do the following:
a. Partially slide the SCB out of the printer, and then release the locking tab to disconnect one connector
(callout 1).
b. Slide the SCB out of the printer and remove it (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure all of the cables are positioned on top of the SCB before sliding it into the printer.
18. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-907 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-916 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
Figure 8-935 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-937 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage power
supply
3 2
4
1
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the side of the cage, remove three screws (callout 2) at the formatter,
and then remove one recessed screw (callout 3) inside the cage..
NOTE: Pull the cables through the openings sheet-metal to remove the formatter and formatter cage.
3
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the main drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
Figure 8-943 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-952 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-961 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
Figure 8-980 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-982 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage power
supply
3 2
4
1
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the side of the cage, remove three screws (callout 2) at the formatter,
and then remove one recessed screw (callout 3) inside the cage..
NOTE: Pull the cables through the openings sheet-metal to remove the formatter and formatter cage.
3
1 2
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-988 Open the right door and pull out the cover
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-989 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
1
2
3. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-993 Release one tab and remove the cable guide
2 1
4. Do the following:
a. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).
3
2
5. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-995 Release one tab and remove the cable guide
1
2
7. Do the following:
2
1
9. Do the following:
Figure 8-999 Remove six screws and the main drive assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the paper feed frame assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
Figure 8-1000 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1009 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-1018 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-1040 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1041 Remove one screw and release one tab and remove the inner left cover
1 3
2. Slide the right lower cover (callout 1) in the direction that arrow indicates, and remove it.
1. Do the following:
b. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
1
3 2
2. Remove three e-rings (callout 1).
Figure 8-1045 Release two hinges from the right and left shafts
4. Slide the right door assembly (callout 1) in the direction that arrow indicates and remove it.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1047 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-1048 Remove the FFC and four screws and the formatter case
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1049 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage
power supply
3 2
4
1
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the side of the cage, remove three screws (callout 2) at the formatter,
and then remove one recessed screw (callout 3) inside the cage..
NOTE: Pull the cables through the openings sheet-metal to remove the formatter and formatter cage.
3
1 2
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1055 Open the right door and pull out the cover
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1056 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
1
2
3. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1060 Release one tab and remove the cable guide
2 1
4. Do the following:
a. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).
3
2
5. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1062 Release one tab and remove the cable guide
1
2
7. Do the following:
2
1
9. Do the following:
Figure 8-1066 Remove six screws and the main drive assembly
2. Remove the paper guide (callout 1) from the left and the right shafts (callout 2).
Figure 8-1068 Remove the paper guide from the two shafts
4. Do the following:
b. Remove the gear assembly (callout 2) and the spring (callout 3) together.
Figure 8-1070 Remove the metal plate, and then remove the gear assembly and spring together
When installing the gear assembly, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is installed in the correct position.
The spring should be positioned to the right.
5. Do the following:
b. Slide the feed frame assembly (callout 2) in the direction indicated by the arrow.
6. Slide the feed frame assembly in the direction indicated by the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the paper pickup assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
Figure 8-1076 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1085 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-1094 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
▲ Do the following:
b. Slide the image scanner right cover (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
1 2
1. Do the following:
b. Remove the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
d. Slide the cable guide (callout 5) in the direction the arrow indicates and remove it.
4 1
2 3
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
2 1
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-1116 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1117 Remove one screw and release one tab and remove the inner left cover
1 3
2. Slide the right lower cover (callout 1) in the direction that arrow indicates, and remove it.
1. Do the following:
b. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 3).
1
3 2
2. Remove three e-rings (callout 1).
Figure 8-1121 Release two hinges from the right and left shafts
4. Slide the right door assembly (callout 1) in the direction that arrow indicates and remove it.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1123 Disconnect one connector and release the cable and one tab
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-1124 Remove the FFC and four screws and the formatter case
4 2 1
3
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1125 Disconnect three connectors and remove the FFC and five screws and the low-voltage
power supply
3 2
4
1
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the side of the cage, remove three screws (callout 2) at the formatter,
and then remove one recessed screw (callout 3) inside the cage..
NOTE: Pull the cables through the openings sheet-metal to remove the formatter and formatter cage.
3
1 2
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1131 Open the right door and pull out the cover
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1132 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
1
2
3. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1136 Release one tab and remove the cable guide
2 1
4. Do the following:
a. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).
3
2
5. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1138 Release one tab and remove the cable guide
1
2
7. Do the following:
2
1
9. Do the following:
Figure 8-1142 Remove six screws and the main drive assembly
2. Remove the paper guide (callout 1) from the left and the right shafts (callout 2).
Figure 8-1144 Remove the paper guide from the two shafts
4. Do the following:
b. Remove the gear assembly (callout 2) and the spring (callout 3) together.
Figure 8-1146 Remove the metal plate, and then remove the gear assembly and spring together
When installing the gear assembly, make sure that the spring (callout 1) is installed in the correct position.
The spring should be positioned to the right.
5. Do the following:
b. Slide the feed frame assembly (callout 2) in the direction indicated by the arrow.
6. Slide the feed frame assembly in the direction indicated by the arrow.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1152 Remove five screws and pull out the pickup assembly
Figure 8-1153 Disconnect the cable and remove the pickup assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the cartridge tray assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1154 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Press the button above the cartridge door (callout 1), and then open the door in the direction indicated by
the arrow (callout 2).
▲ Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow in the figure
below to remove it.
2. Do the following:
2
3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the high-voltage power supply assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the scanner rear cover
(callout 2).
2. Lift the latches to release two flat cables (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: When reinstalling the flat cables, lift the latches, install the cables, and then lower the latches to
secure the cables.
3 2
6. Support the ADF, and then use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the ADF hinges.
NOTE: The tabs are located on the front side (scanner flatbed glass) of the hinges.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1170 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ At the back of the printer, gently pull the wireless cable in the direction indicated by the arrow, and
then disconnect the wireless connector.
2. Release the scanner control board (SCB) cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
5. Do the following:
a. Allow the SCB cables and the wireless cable to hang down without releasing them further.
Figure 8-1179 Thread the formatter cables through the formatter case
6. Do the following:
b. Release the wireless cable from the cable guide (callout 2).
8. Lift the image scanner assembly off of the printer, and remove it.
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
3 2
12. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
16. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
18. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cable guide (callout 2).
TIP: Make sure to capture the screw (callout 3) with the metallic screwdriver so as not to drop it into the
body of the printer.
3 2
▲ Do the following:
2. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-1197 Release two tabs and remove the front cover assembly
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1198 Remove the FFC and disconnect four connectors and remove one screw
1 2 3
2
1
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1200 Release five tabs and remove the high-voltage power supply PCA
1 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1201 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Press the button above the cartridge door (callout 1), and then open the door in the direction indicated by
the arrow (callout 2).
1. Do the following:
4 3 2 1
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
2 1
3. Do the following:
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace fan 2. On the single function devices, the fan is
found inside the rear door, and on multi-function devices the fan is found inside the right door.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
RK2-8948-000CN Fan 2
Required tools
Remove Fan 2
5. Rotate the fan assembly up (callout 1) and remove spring (callout 2) on rear side of fan.
2
1
7. Push up on the fan from the bottom, while releasing two clips.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
▲ Align the sides of the tray with the rails in the printer, and then slide the tray into the printer.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
It might be necessary to remove the engine, or any tray above or below the 1x550‑sheet paper feeder/
envelope feeder, to access this item.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
right door assembly/right lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Follow these steps to remove the right door assembly/right lower cover.
2. Slide the right door assembly (callout 2) and the right lower cover (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to
remove.
3 2 1
2 3
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
2. Slide the left cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
pickup assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
1 2
2
1
3 2
10. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
2
1
3 2
10. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
1 2
1 2
2 1 3
3 1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
lifter drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
2
1
3 2
10. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
1 2
1 2
2 1 3
3 1 2
3 2 1
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
2 1
Figure 8-1256 Incorrect lever position
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
auto close assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
It might be necessary to remove the engine, or any tray above or below the 1x550‑sheet paper feeder/
envelope feeder, to access this item.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
retard roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
pickup roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
paper feeder controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2. Slide the left cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
1 2
3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck right door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
5. Remove the link arm (callout 3) from the right door assembly (callout 1).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck front door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
4. Release the two link arms where they connect to the front door (callout 1), and then remove the door
(callout 2).
Figure 8-1276 Release the two link arms from the front door
Figure 8-1277 Remove two screws and two stoppers and the roller
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck front lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
4 2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck left lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the left lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty in
the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck right lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Hold up the front door assembly (callout 2) and remove it from the shafts (callout 3).
3 2
Figure 8-1287 Release the two link arms from the front door
Figure 8-1288 Remove two screws and two stoppers and the roller
3. Unhook one spring (callout 2) and remove the cover (callout 3) together.
NOTE: Avoid removing the right lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette pickup
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette lifter drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette auto close
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck PD retard roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck PD pickup roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
a. If the pickup roller replacement tool will be used, follow the procedure below for assembly.
1. Hold the replacement tool (callout 1) and the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the
direction of the arrow.
2 1
2. Rotate the tab (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow. The shaft (callout 2) will slide to engage
with the PD pickup roller assembly.
2 1
NOTE: If the pickup roller replacement tool will not be used, follow the procedure below for
assembly.
b. If the pickup roller replacement tool will not be used, follow the procedure below for assembly.
1. Make sure that the tab (callout 2) of the shaft (callout 1) is in the correct position.
3. Insert the hook (callout 1) of the PD pickup roller assembly into the plate (callout 2).
2
1
2
1
NOTE: The hook of the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 1) is not properly hooked, and the
roller (callout 2) is hanging loosely.
5. Rotate the tab (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow indicates and slide the shaft (callout 2).
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Also use the following special installation instructions for the PD retard roller assembly.
1 2
Figure 8-1344 PD retard roller assembly correct position
2. Use the following instructions for using the retard roller replacement tool.
d. Insert the retard roller replacement tool (callout 1) to the PD retard roller assembly (callout 2).
e. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Also use the following special installation instructions for the PD retard roller assembly.
When using the retard roller replacement tool, follow the procedure below for assembly.
1. Insert the retard roller replacement tool (callout 1) in the PD retard roller assembly (callout 2).
1 2
3. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck right door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
5. Remove the link arm (callout 3) from the right door assembly (callout 1).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck front lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
4 2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck left lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
Figure 8-1360 Remove two screw and release two tabs and remove the front lower cover
1 3 2
NOTE: Avoid removing the left lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty in
the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck right lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
Figure 8-1365 Remove two screw and release two tabs and remove the front lower cover
1 3 2
NOTE: Avoid removing the right lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
2 3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette pickup
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1 drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 2 drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 3 drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1 lifter
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
▲ Make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the correct position when installing the cassette 1 lifter drive
assembly (callout 1).
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 2 lifter
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
▲ Make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the correct position when installing the cassette lifter drive
assembly (callout 1).
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 3 lifter
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
▲ Make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the correct position when installing the cassette lifter drive
assembly (callout 1).
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1, 2, and 3
auto close assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2
1
3
1
4
1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1, 2, and 3
PD retard roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1, 2, and 3
PD pickup roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck tray assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck right door assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
5. Remove the link arm (callout 3) from the right door assembly (callout 1).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck left lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the left lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty in
the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck right lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
NOTE: Avoid removing the right lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
2 3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck cassette pickup
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck tray pickup
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
2 3 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck cassette drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck tray drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck cassette lifter drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
▲ Make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the correct position when installing the cassette 1 lifter drive
assembly (callout 1).
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck tray lifter drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the left lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty in
the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Unhook one spring (callout 2) and remove the cover (callout 3) together.
2 3 1
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
2 1 2
4 3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck cassette auto close
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck tray auto close
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck retard roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
1
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Also use the following special installation instructions for the PD retard roller assembly.
When using the retard roller replacement tool, follow the procedure below for assembly.
1. Insert the retard roller replacement tool (callout 1) in the PD retard roller assembly (callout 2).
1 2
3. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550-sheet paper deck PD pickup roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
NOTE: If the pickup roller replacement tool will be used, follow the procedure below for assembly.
a. Hold the replacement tool (callout 1) and the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of
the arrow.
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,550–sheet paper deck controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox staple
cover/staple door/front door.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox right upper
cover.
View a video on how to remove and replace the rear upper cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox rear corner
cover.
View a video on how to remove and replace the rear corner cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox right lower
cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
8. Remove the front door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
3 2
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox rear inner
cover.
View a video on how to remove and replace the rear inner cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
2 3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox jogger cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
2. Slide the jogger cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox SS door
assembly.
View a video on how to remove and replace the mailbox SS door assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
8. Remove the front door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
3 2
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
1 2
2
5. Release one tab (callout 1).
1 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox stapler
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
3. Remove the stapler assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.
3 4 1
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the stapler stacker multi-bin mailbox jogger
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
8. Remove the front door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1 2 3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox output bin 1
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox upper feed
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
8. Remove the front door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
3 2
3. Remove the stapler assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.
3 4 1
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
2
5. Release one tab (callout 1).
1 1
1 2 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox MBM fan.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
RK2-8153-000CN Fan
Required tools
2 1
3. Remove the fan holder (callout 4) together with the fan (callout 3).
2
4
3 1
2 3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox lower feed
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
2 3
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 3) and the staple door (callout 4) together.
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
8. Remove the front door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
3. Remove the stapler assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.
3 4 1
5. Remove the plate (callout 3) from the stapler assembly (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2
3
1
5. Slide the right lower cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2
5. Release one tab (callout 1).
1 1
3. Remove the fan holder (callout 4) together with the fan (callout 3).
2
4
3 1
2 3
1 2 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1
Figure 8-1622 Remove cover
3. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
2 1
3 1
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox solenoid
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2) together.
2. Slide the jogger cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
2 1
3. Remove the fan holder (callout 4) together with the fan (callout 3).
2
4
3 1
2 3
1
Figure 8-1637 Remove cover
4. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamp (callout 2).
4 3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox SS feed
motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
3. Remove the fan holder (callout 4) together with the fan (callout 3).
2
4
3 1
2 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
2 1 3 5
4
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox controller
PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
1 3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the control panel toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Figure 8-1653 Install the control panel tabs into the printer slots
3. Do the following:
a. Lower the back edge of the control panel down (callout 1).
Figure 8-1654 Lower the control panel and install one screw
4. Do the following:
a. Align the tabs on the front of the control panel cover with the slots in the printer.
Figure 8-1655 Align the control panel cover and pivot down to install it
View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel (10-key models).
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
a. Lift the back edge of the control panel up, and then slide it toward the back of the printer (callout 1) to
release it.
b. Turn the control panel over (callout 2) to gain access to the bottom side.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Figure 8-1663 Install the control panel tabs into the printer slots
3. Do the following:
a. Lower the back edge of the control panel down into the printer, in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1664 Lower the control panel and install one thumbscrew
4. Do the following:
a. Align the tabs on the front of the control panel cover with the slots in the printer.
Figure 8-1665 Align the control panel cover and pivot down to install it
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
WARNING! The fuser might be hot. Always wait for the fuser to cool before removing.
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Hold the handles of the fuser and install it into the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1669 Close the rear door or close the right door
View a video of how to remove and replace the tray 1 pickup roller.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-1671 Release two tabs and remove the pickup roller
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1672 Install the pickup roller and release two tabs
Figure 8-1673 Install the pickup roller cover and close two tabs
View a video of how to remove and replace the tray 1 separation roller.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1677 Open one tab and install the tray 1 separation roller
2. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1679 Hold up the lifting plate and attach two hinge shafts
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts .
Required tools
1. Do the following:
3. Do the following:
b. Lift up and remove the secondary transfer roller assembly in the direction indicated by the arrows.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. At each end of the secondary transfer roller, pinch two tabs together to install it.
2. To correctly seat the secondary transfer roller, make sure that the pin on each end is aligned in the grooves
of the transfer assembly.
Figure 8-1684 Align the end pins of the secondary transfer roller in the grooves
Figure 8-1685 Press down and snap the ends into place
5. Do the following:
View a video of how to remove and replace the hard-disk drive (HDD).
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1688 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Do the following:
CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive (ESD) parts. Always touch the sheet‑metal chassis to provide a
static ground before touching an ESD‑sensitive part.
Figure 8-1689 Release the HDD locking connector and pinch the retainer to release it
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the HDD away from the formatter cage, in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2), and
remove it.
Figure 8-1690 Rotate the HDD away from the formatter and remove the HDD
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot (callout 1) in the sheet metal where the HDD cradle
mounting tab (callout 2) must be installed.
Figure 8-1691 Locate the slot where the HDD mounting tab is installed
2. Do the following:
a. Insert the HDD cradle mounting tab into the slot in the sheet metal.
b. Slide the HDD toward the formatter cage (callout 1) to fully install the tab in the sheet metal.
c. Rotate the connector end (callout 2) of the HDD toward the formatter.
Figure 8-1692 Install the tab into the slot and rotate the connector end
NOTE: It might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it with the slot.
Figure 8-1693 The locking connector is latched and the standoff is engaged with the slot
▲ Slide the formatter cover onto the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1), and then
tighten two thumb screws (callout 2).
NOTE:
Figure 8-1694 Slide on the formatter cover and tighten two thumb screws
1
2
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
▲ Locate the eMMC component on the formatter, and then pull it straight off of the formatter to remove it.
CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive (ESD) parts. Always touch the sheet‑metal chassis to provide a static
ground before touching an ESD‑sensitive part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2).
NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.
Figure 8-1697 Align the eMMC connector with the formatter connector
2
1
NOTE: Press on the top part of the eMMC to ensure it is fully seated in the connector.
▲ Slide the formatter cover onto the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1), and then
tighten two thumb screws (callout 2).
NOTE:
Figure 8-1699 Slide on the formatter cover and tighten two thumb screws
1
2
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
E5K48-67902 DIMM kit (1gb DDR3 x32 144 Pin 800 MHz)
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1700 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Do the following:
a. If a hard disk drive (HDD) is not installed, skip the next two steps and go to step 3.
b. On the HDD, release the locking connector (callout 1), and then pinch the retainer (callout 2) to
release it.
CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive (ESD) parts. Always touch the sheet‑metal chassis to provide a
static ground before touching an ESD‑sensitive part.
Figure 8-1701 Release the HDD locking connector and pinch the retainer to release it
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the HDD away from the formatter cage (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1702 Rotate the HDD away from the formatter and remove the HDD
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
1. Align the connector on the replacement DIMM (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2).
Figure 8-1704 Align the DIMM connector with the formatter connector
2
1
NOTE: Press on the lower part of the DIMM to ensure it is fully seated in the connector.
3. Do the following:
a. If a hard disk drive (HDD) is not installed, steps 6, 7 and 8 are not necessary.
b. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the slot (callout 1) in the sheet metal where the HDD
cradle mounting tab (callout 2) must be installed.
Figure 8-1706 Locate the slot where the HDD mounting tab is installed
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the HDD to toward the formatter cage (callout 1) to fully install the tab in the sheet metal.
c. Rotate the connector end (callout 2) of the HDD toward the formatter.
Figure 8-1707 Install the tab into the slot and rotate the connector end
5. Make sure that the locking connector (callout 1) latches and that the standoff (callout 2) engages with the
slot in the formatter.
NOTE: It might be necessary to pinch the retainer to engage it with the slot.
Figure 8-1708 The locking connector is latched and the standoff is engaged with the slot
NOTE:
Figure 8-1709 Slide on the formatter cover and tighten two thumb screws
1
2
View a video of how to remove and replace the internal USB ports/AA module.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. From the internal USB ports/AA module accessory kit, obtain the following items:
B5L24-60106
E6B67-60104
B5L46-60115
F2A76-60115
Figure 8-1712 Locate the space for installing the internal USB ports/AA module
3. Do the following:
a. Hold the small PCA and the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation.
b. Align the top and bottom cutouts of the PCA on the tabs of the PCA mounting cradle.
c. Secure the small PCA on the PCA mounting cradle until it snaps in place.
Figure 8-1713 Mount the PCA on the PCA mounting cradle and snap it in place
5. Do the following:
a. Hold the small PCA attached to the PCA mounting cradle in the correct orientation, with the attached
cable at the bottom.
b. In the upper right corner of the formatter cage area, locate the upper and lower sheet metal hooks.
c. Slide the assembly and mount it so that the upper and lower tabs of the PCA mounting cradle slide
into the sheet metal hooks.
7. Connect the USB cable (disconnected from the formatter) to the USB connector on the small PCA as
indicated by the arrows.
NOTE: The USB connector on the small PCA is to the left of where the white connector of the double-
cable is installed.
Figure 8-1717 Connect the formatter USB cable to the small PCA
Figure 8-1718 Connect the small PCA USB cable to the formatter USB connector
9. Connect the small white connector of the double-cable attached to the small PCA, to the matching
connector near the upper right edge of the formatter as indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1719 Connect the small white connector from the small PCA to the formatter
▲ Slide the formatter cover onto the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1), and then
tighten two thumb screws (callout 2).
NOTE:
1
2
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Follow these steps to remove the tray 2 separation and pickup rollers.
1. Open the paper tray for which the rollers will be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not extend more than one paper tray at a time. Do not use the paper tray as a step. Keep
hands out of the paper trays when closing. All trays must be closed when moving the printer.
● Go to step 8.
6. Tray 3 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, open the rear lower cover.
b. Go to step 8.
Figure 8-1732 Tilt the tool down, and then remove the separation roller
NOTE: The tool will be used to install the new separation roller.
Figure 8-1733 Remove the orange tool from the separation roller
15. Locate and pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers.
Figure 8-1735 Pull down the blue tab to unlock the pickup and feed rollers
Figure 8-1736 Slide the blue tab left, compressing the left blue post until it clicks
17. Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post. Make sure that the roller is clear of
the black post on the right.
Figure 8-1737 Slightly move the rollers to the right to free them from the blue post
Figure 8-1738 Lift up the front of the roller assembly and pull away to remove it
1 2
19. If the left post does not stay in the locked position, press the end of the post left until it clicks into place.
Figure 8-1739 Securely lock the left post into position by pressing the end left until it clicks
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Follow these steps to install the tray 2 separation and pickup rollers.
1. Align the arrow on the roller assembly with the arrow in the printer, and then slide the rollers into the
printer.
Figure 8-1740 Align the roller assembly and slide the rollers into the printer
Figure 8-1741 Slide the rollers to the right onto the black shaft
3. Confirm correct installation: The white hook on the top of the roller assembly (callout 1) will hook onto a
sheet metal plate (callout 2) when installed correctly.
Figure 8-1742 Correctly install the white hook onto a sheet metal plate
NOTE: The blue shaft should spring to the right to click into position to hold the rollers in place.
5. Remove the orange tool from the roller assembly by pulling it away from the printer.
NOTE: The blue arrow on the printer is hidden when the cover is correctly snapped into place.
Figure 8-1745 Pivot the tab up and snap it to lock the rollers correctly in place
7. Incorrect installation: If the rollers are hanging, or at an angle, they are not installed correctly.
Figure 8-1747 Correctly attach the rollers top hook to the metal chassis plate inside the printer
9. Install the orange separation roller tool onto the replacement separation roller.
NOTE: The tool will snap into place when it is fully installed.
Figure 8-1748 Install the replacement separation roller onto the orange tool
1
2
11. When installed correctly, the embossed arrow on the roller case aligns with the white tab on the rail.
Figure 8-1750 Install the roller over the white tab with the arrow aligned
a. Align the center of the roller with the end of the metal shaft.
b. Slide the roller to the right onto the metal shaft until it snaps into place.
13. Remove the orange tool by pulling it away from the printer.
15. Tray 3 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, close the rear lower cover.
17. Tray 2 rollers only: On the back side of the printer, close the rear door.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1763 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1765 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video on how to remove and replace the left lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1767 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1768 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1770 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
2. Grasp the left lower cover and flex the corner out, and then rotate it away from the printer in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1775 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
▲ Use a small flat blade screwdriver to lift up the front edge of the NFC cover in the direction indicated by the
arrow, and then remove the NFC cover.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1777 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-1788 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1789 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
Figure 8-1793 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
Figure 8-1795 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
2. Grasp the left lower cover and flex the corner out, and then rotate it away from the printer in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1799 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
3. Release the tab (callout 1), and then remove the inlet cover.
Figure 8-1802 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1804 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1806 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the control panel toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-1818 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1819 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1824 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2. On both sides of the smaller MP tray assembly, flex the link rail to release the keyed link, and then release
the two MP lift arms attached to the MP cover.
Figure 8-1826 Release the MP tray assembly lift arms from the MP cover
NOTE: The MP inner cover is attached to the inside of the MP cover and is removed at the same time as
the MP cover is removed.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
Follow these steps to remove the multi-purpose (MP) tray assembly and MP lift arms.
2. On both sides of the smaller MP tray assembly, flex the link rail to release the keyed link, and then release
the two MP lift arms attached to the MP cover.
Figure 8-1832 Release the MP tray assembly lift arms from the MP cover
4. From the top, flex and rotate both MP lift arms in the direction indicated by the arrows to release them, and
then release the smaller MP tray assembly.
Figure 8-1834 Release both MP lift arms and the smaller MP tray assembly
NOTE: Each MP lift arm is unique and has a separate ordering part number.
NOTE: The MP lift arms are keyed on both sides to assist in correct installation.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
View a video on how to remove and replace the front door assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1836 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1837 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1839 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
Figure 8-1842 Release the MP tray assembly lift arms from the MP cover
3. Close the smaller MP tray assembly against the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
5. Flex the right side of the MP cover to release it from the rail, and then slide it left to release the MP cover,
as indicated by the arrows.
NOTE: The MP inner cover is attached to the inside of the MP cover and is removed at the same time as
the MP cover is removed.
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1847 Remove two arms and unhook two springs and remove the MP tray assembly
1 2 2 1
2. Do the following:
1 2
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1849 Disconnect one connector and remove one e-ring and release the hinge
2 3
4. Slide the front door assembly (callout 1) in the direction indicated by the arrow, and then remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video on how to remove and replace the rear door assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1851 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the control panel toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-1863 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1864 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1869 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
2. Grasp the left lower cover and flex the corner out, and then rotate it away from the printer in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1873 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
3. Release the tab (callout 1), and then remove the inlet cover.
Figure 8-1876 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1879 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
1. Close the rear door assembly in the direction indicated by the arrow.
3. Remove the rear lower cover in the direction indicated by the arrow.
1. Disconnect the two connectors on the lower left side of the rear door assembly.
2. Open the rear door assembly in the direction indicated by the arrow.
4. Flex the door hinge off (callout 1), and then remove the door hinge (callout 2) in the direction indicated by
the arrows.
1 2
6. Slide the rear door assembly in the direction indicated by the arrow to release the hinge pins.
CAUTION: The rear door assembly is still attached by the cable guide.
Figure 8-1888 Slide the rear door assembly and release the hinge pins
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video on how to remove and replace the rear lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1893 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
3. Release the tab (callout 1), and then remove the inlet cover.
Figure 8-1896 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
1. Close the rear door assembly in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Slide the rear lower cover in the direction indicated by the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video on how to remove and replace the top cover assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1900 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1901 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1903 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-1915 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1916 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1920 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1922 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-1934 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1935 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
▲ On the bottom side of the top cover, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the face-down tray.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video on how to remove and replace the laser scanner assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1939 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1940 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1942 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the control panel toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-1954 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1955 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-1958 Remove the connector foam cover and four screws
3. Do the following:
NOTE: Do not forget to replace the connector cover when installing the laser scanner assembly.
Figure 8-1960 Remove the FFC and the laser scanner assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1962 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-1964 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video on how to remove and replace the paper delivery assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-1966 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-1967 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-1969 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-1973 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-1984 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1985 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-1990 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-1993 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
WARNING! The fuser might be hot. Always wait for the fuser to cool before removing.
Figure 8-1994 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. Press down the gear (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and rotate it.
3. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-1999 Disconnect two connectors and remove two screws and the delivery assembly
2 3
4
1
NOTE: When installing the delivery assembly, make sure to check that the bosses (callout 1) on the right
and left sides are correctly engaged with the groove (callout 2) of the side plate.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the low-voltage power supply assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2001 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-2012 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2013 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2016 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2018 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-2022 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-2025 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
WARNING! The fuser might be hot. Always wait for the fuser to cool before removing.
Figure 8-2027 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the fuser drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2034 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2035 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2037 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-2041 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2052 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2053 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-2058 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2061 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
Follow these steps to remove the formatter and formatter cage assemblies.
1. Disconnect zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then disconnect eight
connectors (callout 2).
Figure 8-2067 Disconnect one ZIF FFC and eight other connectors
3. Do the following:
a. Pull the cable through the top of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
b. Pull the FFC through the side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2069 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
4. Do the following:
a. Pull the cables though the right side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrows.
Figure 8-2070 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
1. Do the following:
b. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guides (callout 3).
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2072 Release two tabs and remove the cable guide
1
2
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2073 Release two tabs and remove the connector assembly
4. Do the following:
5. From the fuser drive assembly (callout 1), unhook one spring (callout 2), and then disconnect one
connector (callout 3).
2 1
3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the lifter drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2076 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2077 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2079 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the control panel toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-2091 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2092 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
3. Release the tab (callout 1), and then remove the inlet cover.
Figure 8-2097 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2100 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
3. Disconnect one center FFC (callout 1) and two lower purple cables and one blue cable (callout 2).
5. To release the hook on the low voltage power supply (LVPS) bracket that attaches to the printer chassis,
slightly lift up on the LVPS, and then pull the LVPS straight out from the printer chassis.
Follow these steps to remove the formatter and formatter cage assemblies.
1. Disconnect zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then disconnect eight
connectors (callout 2).
3. Do the following:
a. Pull the cable through the top of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2108 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
4. Do the following:
a. Pull the cables though the right side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrows.
Figure 8-2109 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
1. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
1 2
2 1
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction indicated by the arrow, and remove it.
Figure 8-2113 Release one tab and remove the cable guide
5. Do the following:
Figure 8-2114 Remove two screws and release two tabs and remove the lifter drive assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the developing drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2115 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2116 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2118 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-2122 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2133 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2134 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-2139 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2142 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
Follow these steps to remove the formatter and formatter cage assemblies.
1. Disconnect zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then disconnect eight
connectors (callout 2).
Figure 8-2148 Disconnect one ZIF FFC and eight other connectors
3. Do the following:
a. Pull the cable through the top of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
b. Pull the FFC through the side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2150 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
4. Do the following:
a. Pull the cables though the right side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrows.
Figure 8-2151 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
1. Do the following:
3
1
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2153 Release two tabs and remove the cable guide
3. Do the following:
4. Do the following:
Figure 8-2155 Remove four screws and the developer drive assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2156 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Remove one zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) and seven connectors (callout 2) from formatter PCA.
NOTE: One connector at the upper left corner of the formatter PCA is hidden behind the sheet metal and
is not indicated by callout 2.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the control panel toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2171 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2172 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2177 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
2. Grasp the left lower cover and flex the corner out, and then rotate it away from the printer in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2181 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2184 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-2187 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
3. Disconnect one center FFC (callout 1) and two lower purple cables and one blue cable (callout 2).
5. To release the hook on the low voltage power supply (LVPS) bracket that attaches to the printer chassis,
slightly lift up on the LVPS, and then pull the LVPS straight out from the printer chassis.
Follow these steps to remove the formatter and formatter cage assemblies.
1. Disconnect zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then disconnect eight
connectors (callout 2).
3. Do the following:
a. Pull the cable through the top of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2195 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
4. Do the following:
a. Pull the cables though the right side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrows.
Figure 8-2196 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the main drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2200 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the control panel toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2212 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2213 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2218 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
2. Grasp the left lower cover and flex the corner out, and then rotate it away from the printer in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2222 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
1. Disconnect the two connectors on the lower left side of the rear door assembly.
1 2
5. Remove the e-ring from the left door hinge (callout 1).
CAUTION: The rear door assembly is still attached by the cable guide.
Figure 8-2228 Slide the rear door assembly and release the hinge pins
3. Release the tab (callout 1), and then remove the inlet cover.
Figure 8-2233 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
Figure 8-2242 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-2245 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
Follow these steps to remove the formatter and formatter cage assemblies.
1. Disconnect zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then disconnect eight
connectors (callout 2).
Figure 8-2247 Disconnect one ZIF FFC and eight other connectors
3. Do the following:
a. Pull the cable through the top of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
b. Pull the FFC through the side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2249 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
4. Do the following:
a. Pull the cables though the right side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrows.
Figure 8-2250 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
1. Locate the cable guides (callout 1) and remove the cable (callout 2) from the guides.
1 2
3. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
1 2
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).
Figure 8-2255 Release the cable and remove two screws and the inlet assembly
3
2
6. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
1
2
7. Remove the link lever (callout 1) from the left and the right shafts (callout 2).
8. Do the following:
2
1
9. Remove six screws (callout 1) that secure the main drive assembly (callout 2).
Figure 8-2260 Disconnect one connector and remove the main drive assembly
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the paper feed frame assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2261 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2262 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2264 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-2268 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2279 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2280 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-2285 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2288 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
Follow these steps to remove the formatter and formatter cage assemblies.
1. Disconnect zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then disconnect eight
connectors (callout 2).
Figure 8-2294 Disconnect one ZIF FFC and eight other connectors
3. Do the following:
a. Pull the cable through the top of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
b. Pull the FFC through the side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2296 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
4. Do the following:
a. Pull the cables though the right side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrows.
Figure 8-2297 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
Figure 8-2301 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-2304 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
1. Locate the cable guides (callout 1) and remove the cable (callout 2) from the guides.
1 2
3. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
1 2
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).
Figure 8-2310 Release the cable and remove two screws and the inlet assembly
3
2
6. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
1
2
7. Remove the link lever (callout 1) from the left and the right shafts (callout 2).
8. Do the following:
2
1
9. Remove six screws (callout 1) that secure the main drive assembly (callout 2).
Figure 8-2315 Disconnect one connector and remove the main drive assembly
1 2
Figure 8-2317 Remove the paper guide from the left and right shafts
3. Do the following:
b. Slide the feed frame assembly (callout 2) in the direction indicated by the arrow, and remove it.
Figure 8-2318 Release one tab and slide and remove the feed frame assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the paper pick-up assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2319 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2320 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2322 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-2326 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
2. Do the following:
Figure 8-2337 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2338 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-2343 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2346 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
1. Disconnect the black WiFi antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
NOTE: The white connector is located behind and under the sheet metal (callout 2).
Follow these steps to remove the formatter and formatter cage assemblies.
1. Disconnect zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then disconnect eight
connectors (callout 2).
Figure 8-2352 Disconnect one ZIF FFC and eight other connectors
3. Do the following:
a. Pull the cable through the top of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
b. Pull the FFC through the side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2354 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
4. Do the following:
a. Pull the cables though the right side of the formatter cage in the direction indicated by the arrows.
Figure 8-2355 Pull one cable and the FFC through the formatter cage
Figure 8-2359 Open the rear door or open the right door
2. Hold the handles of the fuser and pull it out of the printer to remove it.
1. Do the following:
2. Do the following:
b. Slide the transfer assembly (callout 2) in the direction the arrow indicates, and remove it.
Figure 8-2362 Disconnect one connector and remove the transfer assembly
1 2
▲ Do the following:
1. Locate the cable guides (callout 1) and remove the cable (callout 2) from the guides.
1 2
3. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).
1 2
4. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Release the cable (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).
Figure 8-2368 Release the cable and remove two screws and the inlet assembly
3
2
6. Do the following:
b. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction that the arrow indicates, and remove it.
1
2
7. Remove the link lever (callout 1) from the left and the right shafts (callout 2).
8. Do the following:
2
1
9. Remove six screws (callout 1) that secure the main drive assembly (callout 2).
Figure 8-2373 Disconnect one connector and remove the main drive assembly
1 2
Figure 8-2375 Remove the paper guide from the left and right shafts
3. Do the following:
b. Slide the feed frame assembly (callout 2) in the direction indicated by the arrow, and remove it.
Figure 8-2376 Release one tab and slide and remove the feed frame assembly
1. Do the following:
Figure 8-2377 Remove five screws and pull out the pickup assembly
1
2. Disconnect the cable (callout 1) and remove the pickup assembly.
Figure 8-2378 Disconnect the cable and remove the pickup assembly
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the cartridge tray assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2379 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2380 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2382 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-2386 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
2. On both sides of the smaller MP tray assembly, flex the link rail to release the keyed link, and then release
the two MP lift arms attached to the MP cover.
Figure 8-2388 Release the MP tray assembly lift arms from the MP cover
NOTE: The MP inner cover is attached to the inside of the MP cover and is removed at the same time as
the MP cover is removed.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
View a video of how to remove and replace the high-voltage power supply assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2396 Release two tabs and remove the right cover
1. Do the following:
c. Remove one ground wire screw (callout 3), and then release the ground wire from the cable guide
(callout 4).
4
2
1
2
NOTE: When reinstalling the HVPS PCA, position the top edge of the PCA under the tab (callout 1), and
then rotate the bottom edge down (callout 2) into the holder so that the tabs snap over the PCA.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
Figure 8-2402 Release two thumb screws and remove the formatter cover
2
1
1. Open the cartridge door, and then remove one screw (callout 1).
Figure 8-2403 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
3. Slightly slide the left cover toward the front of the printer in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 8-2405 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
TIP: If the cartridge door is completely closed, push the black locking latch (near the top edge of the door)
to the left to unlock the door.
3. At the rear of the printer, slide the cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 1) to release boss
(callout 2), and then remove the left lower cover.
Figure 8-2409 Slide the cover to release the boss and remove the left lower cover
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
1. Disconnect and remove the zero insertion force (ZIF) FFC cable (callout 1).
Figure 8-2411 Release the ZIF and disconnect the FFC cable
Figure 8-2414 Disconnect all of the connectors and remove the DC controller PCA
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
Send a print job to the printer requiring stapling and collation to verify that the stapler/stacker correctly
functions.
NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.
b. Slide the formatter cover in the direction indicated by the arrow (callout 2) and remove it.
2
1
Follow these steps to remove the control panel (LCD model only).
1. Raise the control panel screen in the direction indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
a. Use a coin, or a small flat-blade screwdriver, to release the control panel cover in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
NOTE: Store the screw in a secure place where it cannot fall down into the printer.
4. Do the following:
2 1
5. Do the following:
a. Turn the control panel over to gain access to the bottom side.
1. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides (callout 1) of the blanking cover.
3. Lift the blanking cover straight up and remove as indicated by the arrow.
2. Do the following:
c. If a cover is installed over the walk up USB port (located on the front, left edge of the top cover),
remove it.
Figure 8-2426 Locate the tab and open the MP tray cover
3. Do the following:
Figure 8-2427 Flex the cover, release the tab, and release the top cover
3 2
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
Figure 8-2431 Open the cartridge door and remove one screw
Figure 8-2433 Slightly slide the left cover toward the front
2. Grasp the latch and pull down in the direction indicated by the arrow to open the rear door.
Figure 8-2437 Release the tab and remove the inlet cover
1. Disconnect the black antenna wire from the PCA (callout 1).
3. Do the following:
a. Release the PCA from the retainer, and then disconnect the cable from the back side of the PCA
(callout 1).
Figure 8-2440 Disconnect the cable and remove the WiFi antenna PCA
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace fan 2. On the single function devices, the fan is
found inside the rear door, and on multi-function devices the fan is found inside the right door.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
RK2-8948-000CN Fan 2
Required tools
Remove Fan 2
5. Rotate the fan assembly up (callout 1) and remove spring (callout 2) on rear side of fan.
2
1
7. Push up on the fan from the bottom, while releasing two clips.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
▲ Open the cassette tray 2, and then lift up and remove it.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
▲ Align the sides of the tray with the rails in the printer, and then slide the tray into the printer.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
right cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
It might be necessary to remove the engine, or any tray above or below the 1x550‑sheet paper feeder/
envelope feeder, to access this item.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
2
1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
rear door assembly/rear lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
It might be necessary to remove the engine, or any tray above or below the 1x550‑sheet paper feeder/
envelope feeder rear door assembly/rear lower cover, to access this item.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
2
1
Follow these steps to remove the rear door assembly/rear lower cover.
2. Slide the rear door assembly (callout 2) and the rear lower cover (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to
remove.
3 2 1
2 3
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
left cover
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
pickup assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
3 2
8. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
3 2
8. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2 3
1 2
3 1 2
a. Slide the lever (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow indicates.
b. Be careful so that the gear (callout 2) does not make a contact with the frame, and then remove the
drive assembly (callout 3).
Figure 8-2481 Slide the lever and remove the drive assembly
3 1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
lifter drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
3 2
8. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2 3
1 2
3 1 2
b. Be careful so that the gear (callout 2) does not make a contact with the frame, and then remove the
drive assembly (callout 3).
Figure 8-2493 Slide the lever and remove the drive assembly
3 1 2
1 2 3
2 1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
retard roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
pickup roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
RM2-1275-000CN Pick-up roller assembly (550 sheet paper feeder and envelope feeder)
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper feeder/envelope feeder
paper feeder controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck right door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
5. Remove the link arm (callout 3) from the right door assembly (callout 1).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck front door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
4. Release the two link arms where they connect to the front door (callout 1), and then remove the door
(callout 2).
Figure 8-2509 Release the two link arms from the front door
Figure 8-2510 Remove two screws and two stoppers and the roller
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck front lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
4 2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck left lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the left lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty in
the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck right lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Hold up the front door assembly (callout 2) and remove it from the shafts (callout 3).
3 2
Figure 8-2520 Release the two link arms from the front door
Figure 8-2521 Remove two screws and two stoppers and the roller
3. Unhook one spring (callout 2) and remove the cover (callout 3) together.
NOTE: Avoid removing the right lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette pickup
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette lifter drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck cassette auto close
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck PD retard roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck PD pickup roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
a. If the pickup roller replacement tool will be used, follow the procedure below for assembly.
1. Hold the replacement tool (callout 1) and the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the
direction of the arrow.
2 1
2. Rotate the tab (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow. The shaft (callout 2) will slide to engage
with the PD pickup roller assembly.
2 1
NOTE: If the pickup roller replacement tool will not be used, follow the procedure below for
assembly.
b. If the pickup roller replacement tool will not be used, follow the procedure below for assembly.
1. Make sure that the tab (callout 2) of the shaft (callout 1) is in the correct position.
3. Insert the hook (callout 1) of the PD pickup roller assembly into the plate (callout 2).
2
1
2
1
NOTE: The hook of the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 1) is not properly hooked, and the
roller (callout 2) is hanging loosely.
5. Rotate the tab (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow indicates and slide the shaft (callout 2).
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Also use the following special installation instructions for the PD retard roller assembly.
1 2
Figure 8-2577 PD retard roller assembly correct position
2. Use the following instructions for using the retard roller replacement tool.
d. Insert the retard roller replacement tool (callout 1) to the PD retard roller assembly (callout 2).
e. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Also use the following special installation instructions for the PD retard roller assembly.
When using the retard roller replacement tool, follow the procedure below for assembly.
1. Insert the retard roller replacement tool (callout 1) in the PD retard roller assembly (callout 2).
1 2
3. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550–sheet paper deck controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck right door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
5. Remove the link arm (callout 3) from the right door assembly (callout 1).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck front lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
4 2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck left lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
Figure 8-2593 Remove two screw and release two tabs and remove the front lower cover
1 3 2
NOTE: Avoid removing the left lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty in
the removal.
2 3 2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck right lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
NOTE: Avoid removing the front lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
Figure 8-2598 Remove two screw and release two tabs and remove the front lower cover
1 3 2
NOTE: Avoid removing the right lower cover at an angle as the ribs under the cover might cause difficulty
in the removal.
2 3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette pickup
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1 drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 2 drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 3 drive
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1 lifter
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
▲ Make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the correct position when installing the cassette 1 lifter drive
assembly (callout 1).
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 2 lifter
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
6. Slide the cassette 1 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 2 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Slide the cassette 3 pickup assembly (callout 3) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
▲ Make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the correct position when installing the cassette lifter drive
assembly (callout 1).
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 3 lifter
drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
4. Hold up the right door assembly (callout 1) and remove it from the shafts (callout 2).
2
1
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3. Release the cable (callout 3) from the cable clamps (callout 2).
1 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 2 1
4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly. Also use the following special installation instructions.
▲ Make sure that the lever (callout 2) is in the correct position when installing the cassette lifter drive
assembly (callout 1).
2 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1, 2, and 3
auto close assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2
1
3
1
4
1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1, 2, and 3
PD retard roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck cassette 1, 2, and 3
PD pickup roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the PD pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 3x550–sheet paper deck controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
The printer MFP model is shown in this procedure. However, the instructions are correct for all printer models.
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100-sheet paper deck front door assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,000–sheet paper deck right cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100–sheet paper deck left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100–sheet paper deck rear door assembly/
rear lower cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
Follow these steps to remove the rear door assembly/rear lower cover.
Figure 8-2694 Remove rear door assembly and rear lower cover
5. Remove the rear lower cover (callout 3) from the rear door assembly (callout 2).
Figure 8-2695 Remove rear door assembly and rear lower cover
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100–sheet paper deck pickup assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
1
8. Remove two screws (callout 1).
9. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
▲ Make sure that the sensor flag (callout 1) and the release lever (callout 2) of the pickup assembly are
in the correct position (callout 3), not the incorrect position (callout 4).
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
1 3 2 1 4 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100–sheet paper deck drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Part number
Required tools
1 2
1
8. Remove two screws (callout 1).
9. Slide the pickup assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
▲ Make sure that the sensor flag (callout 1) and the release lever (callout 2) of the pickup assembly are
in the correct position (callout 3), not the incorrect position (callout 4).
NOTE: Continue to reverse the removal steps to finish installing the assembly.
1 3 2 1 4 2
3 1
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100–sheet paper deck HCI retard roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2 1
4. Slide the PD retard roller assembly (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100–sheet paper deck HCI pickup roller
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
2. Hold the tab (callout 1) and slide the HCI pickup roller assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 2,100–sheet paper deck HCI controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
1 2
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox rear upper
cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox top cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
4. Slide the top cover (callout 1) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox staple
cover/staple door.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
4. Remove the staple cover (callout 2) and the staple door (callout 3) together.
2
3
1 1
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox left corner
cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2. Slide the left corner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox left cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2. Slide the left corner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox rear cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
1 2
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox left inner
cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2. Slide the left corner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox right inner
cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2. Slide the right inner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox SS door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2
5. Release one tab (callout 1).
1 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox MBM door
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox right front
cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox left front
cover.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2. Slide the left corner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 3
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox stapler
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
3 4 1
5. Remove the plate (callout 3) from the stapler assembly (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the stapler stacker multi-bin mailbox jogger
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1 2 3
4. Slide the jogger assembly (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow and remove.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox output bin 1
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox upper feed
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2
5. Release one tab (callout 1).
1 1
3. Remove the stapler assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.
3 4 1
5. Remove the plate (callout 3) from the stapler assembly (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox lower feed
assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2
5. Release one tab (callout 1).
1 1
3. Remove the stapler assembly (callout 3) and the plate (callout 4) together.
3 4 1
5. Remove the plate (callout 3) from the stapler assembly (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 2 3
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1
Figure 8-2879 Remove cover
3. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
2 1
3 1
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox MBM fan.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
RK2-8153-000CN Fan
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
2 2
3
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox SS feed
motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
1 2 3
5
4
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox MBM feed
motor.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
1 2 3
5
4
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox inlet flapper
solenoid assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2. Slide the right inner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
2 1 2
5. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox output bin 3
flapper solenoid assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2. Slide the right inner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Follow these steps to remove the output bin 3 flapper solenoid assembly.
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
4 6 3
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox output bin 4
flapper solenoid assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2. Slide the right inner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
Follow these steps to step 8: Remove the output bin 4 flapper solenoid assembly.
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
4 6 3
2 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox output bin 5
flapper solenoid assembly.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2
3
1 1
6. Remove the staple door (callout 3) from the staple cover (callout 2).
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
1 3
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
3
1
5. Slide the rear cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 2
2. Slide the right inner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1. Release the cable (callout 2) from the cable clamp (callout 1).
2 1 2
5. Slide the cable guide (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
2
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
Follow these steps to remove the output bin 5 flapper solenoid assembly.
2 4 1
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the staple stacker multi-bin mailbox SSMBM
controller PCA.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Required tools
3 2
3. Lift up the front side of the top cover (callout 1) in the direction that the arrow (callout 2) indicates.
2. Slide the left corner cover (callout 2) in the direction of the arrow to remove.
1 3
1
TIP: Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller
or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves
when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.
Printer parts information including exploded assembly diagrams and part number lists.
Channel partners go to partner.hp.com, and then use the steps below to access the HP Web-based Interactive
Search Engine (WISE).
● Service manuals
● Service advisories
● Printer specifications
HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:
● WISE - English
● WISE - Spanish
● WISE - Portuguese
● WISE - French
● WISE - English
● WISE - Japanese
● WISE - Korean
● WISE - Thai
● WISE - English
The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.
Ordering
Order parts by authorized service providers.
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported web browser on your computer, enter the
printer IP address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS
contains a link to the HP SureSupply web site, which provides
options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the exploded assembly diagrams are orderable parts.
Refer to the tables following the diagrams or the alphabetical/numerical parts lists to determine if a part is
orderable.
To order cartridges, visit http://www.hp.com (some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only).
Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries/regions have
information about ordering by telephone, locating a local store, and printing a shopping list. In addition, go to
hp.com/supplies to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country/region.
Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the cartridge that is being
replaced. Find the cartridge number in the following places:
● On a sticker inside the printer. Open the cartridge door to locate the sticker.
● Open the printer software (HP Printer Assistant), and then click Shop►Shop For Supplies Online.
● Open the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS), and then click Tools►Supply Status (under the Product
Information item).
Toner cartridge HP 37A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge CF237-67901 CF237A
Standard
Standard
Toner cartridge HP 37X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge CF237-67902 CF237X
High-capacity
Toner cartridge HP 70X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge W1470X W1470-67902
High-capacity
Toner cartridge HP 37Y Extra High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge CF237Y CF237-67904
Extra high-capacity
Toner cartridge HP 70Y Extra High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge W1470Y W1470-67903
Extra high-capacity
Toner cartridge HP CF237YC Extra High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge CF237YC CF237-67905
Extra high-capacity
Toner cartridge HP W9004MC Black Managed Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge W9004MC W9004-67901
Managed
Toner cartridge HP CF237G Black US Federal Government Original Toner Cartridge CF237G CF237–67903
US government
Document feeder HP LaserJet 300 ADF Roller Replacement Kit J8J95A 5851-7202
rollers
(MFP)
(M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
(M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
(M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/
E60155/E60165/E60175)
(M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/
E60155/E60165/E60175)
550-sheet paper feeder Optional 550-sheet paper feeder (included with L0H17-67901 L0H17A
the x model)
1x550 sheet paper feeder with stand Optional 1x550 sheet paper feeder J8J91–67901 J8J91A
Printer stand with storage Optional stand with storage to support the L0H19-67901 L0H19A
printer
3x550-paper sheet deck with stand 3x550-paper sheet deck/stand J8J93–67901 J8J93A
Stapler Stacker/Multi Bin Mailbox 5-bin Optional Stapler Stacker/Multi Bin Mailbox L0H20-67901 L0H20A
HP internal USB ports Two optional USB ports for connecting third- B5L28-67902 B5L28A
party devices
HP Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Automatically encrypts all data that passes F5S62-61001 F5S62A
through the printer
Extension feeder cover Extension feeder cover Not a service part L0H22A
HP Secure High Performance Hard Disk Drive Kit, secure HDD, 500GB FIPS B5L29–67903 B5L29A
(FIPS)
HP Jetdirect 2900nw Print Server USB wireless print server accessory J8031-61001 J8031A
HP JetDirect 3000w NFC/Wireless Accessory USB wireless print server with NCF J8030-61004 J8030A
3x550-paper sheet deck with stand 3x550-paper sheet deck/stand J8J93–67901 J8J93A
1x550-sheet paper feeder with storage 1x550-sheet paper feeder J8J91-67901 J8J91A
HP LaserJet Keyboard Overlay Kit Language-specific, adhesive overlay for the A7W12-67901 A7W12A
physical keyboard
(Simplified Chinese & Traditional Chinese)
HP LaserJet Keyboard Overlay Kit for Swedish Language-specific, adhesive overlay for the A7W14-67901 A7W14A
physical keyboard
HP secure high-performance hard disk drive Kit, secure HDD, 500GB FIPS B5L29-67903 B5L29A
(FIPS)
1 GB DDR3 x32 144-Pin 800MHz SODIMM Optional DIMM for expanding the memory E5K48-67902 E5K48A
2 GB DDR3 x32 144-Pin 800MHz SODIMM Optional DIMM for expanding the memory E5K49-67902 E5K49A
HP internal USB ports Two optional USB ports for connecting third- B5L28-67902 B5L28A
party devices
HP Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Automatically encrypts all data that passes F5S62-61001 F5S62A
through the printer
HP Foreign Interface Harness Optional port for connecting third-party devices B5L31-67902 B5L31A
HP LaserJet MFP Analog Fax Accessory 500 Optional fax accessory for the dn model B5L53-67901 CC487A
HP Jetdirect 2900nw Print Server USB wireless print server accessory J8031-61001 J8031A
HP JetDirect 3000w NFC/Wireless Accessory USB wireless print server with NCF 8030-61004 J8030A
Customer self-repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP LaserJet printers to reduce repair time.
NOTE: More information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-support and
www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.
(M607/M608/M609 n / dn models)
(MFP)
Tray 1 Roller Kit Pick, feed and separation roller kit A J8J70-67903
Tray roller kit Pick, feed and separation roller kit A J8J70-67904
ADF roller replacement kit Replacement feed rollers for the A 5851-7202
document feeder
(MFP)
500GB encrypted hard disk drive kit Replacement hard disk drive A 5851-6712
(US)
(UK)
Keyboard overlay kit (FR, IT, RU, DE, ES: UK Kybd) (flow Keyboard overlay A 5851-6019
models)
Keyboard overlay kit (FR-CN, ES-LA, ES: US Kybd) (flow Keyboard overlay A 5851-6020
models)
Keyboard overlay kit (FR-SW, DE-SW, DA: UK Kybd) (flow Keyboard overlay A 5851-6021
models)
Keyboard overlay kit (ZHTW, ZHCN) (flow models) Keyboard overlay A 5851-6022
Keyboard overlay kit (ES, PT) (flow models) Keyboard overlay A 5851-6023
Keyboard overlay kit (JA-KG, JA-KT) (flow models) Keyboard overlay A 5851-6024
The figures in this chapter show the major sub-assemblies in the printer and their component parts. A parts list
table follows each exploded view assembly diagram. The table lists the item number, the associated part
number, and the description of each part. If a part is not listed in the table, then it is not a field replacement unit
(FRU).
NOTE: Be sure to order the correct part. When looking for part numbers for electrical parts, pay careful
attention to the voltage that is listed in the part description. Doing so will make sure that the selected part
number is for the correct printer model.
NOTE: The abbreviation “PCA” stands for “printed circuit-board assembly.” Components described as a PCA
might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts, such as cables and sensors.
5 2
Ref
(MFP)
Not shown 5851-6019 Keyboard overlay kit (FR, IT, RU, DE, ES: UK Kybd)
Not shown 5851-6020 Keyboard overlay kit (FR-CN, ES-LA, ES: US Kybd)
19
18
19
18
17 17 15
14
14
A01 A01
8 8
A05 A05
A02 9 A02 9
6 A01 2
16
A01
21
10
12
7
20 11
5
A03 13
12
A03 (FM2)
A01 (J6404)
4
22
A01
A04
1 3
Ref
16
8
18
19
15
9
6
2
A02 A01
12
13
13 14
10
5 7
A03 4
23 (FM2)
A03 (J6404)
A01
20 11
A01
1
21
22
A04 3
Ref
A01
A27
A18
3
A02
A16
(J6104)
(J205) A22 (FM1)
2 (J6402)
A11 (J8301)
(J604) 4
(J606)
(J1000) A03
5
A19 1
(M4)
A22
A
9 8 A25 A24
(J321)
A26
10 A20 (J308)
A17 A
A23
A04
A23
A12
A06
A08
A07 A10
A09
A15
A14 A05
A22
A21 7 A13
Ref
15
A07
12
A06 A05
4
A10 A02
A04
A14 A09
14 A03
(J19) (J306)
(J18)
11 (J11) A09
(SL2)
9
13
(SW4) (J201)
(SW5)
A09
A11 (J301)
A16
A18 2
A19 (PS4850)
A09
A13 5
16
A15 (PS6201)
(CL1)
A12 A17 (M2)
(J6102)
(PS4600)
(CL2)
(J12)
A08
(J6204) 10
(J206)
A09
7
A01
(M3) A09
8 1
Ref
A03
7
1
(J302) 8
(PS4750)
(J4750) (J4750)
A10
1 (J15)
(PS4550) (J4500)
(J4550)
(J4550) A07
(J4500)
6
A12
A12
A05
A11
4
(J14)
(J6205) 2
A01 5
10
A02
A08
Ref
A26
10
A26
A21
(FM4)
(J1901) 1 (J6405) A01 (J51)
(J4200)
A02
A05 (J6101)
1
(J6404)
(J204)
8 (J6405)
A27
(J16)
A24 A22
A04 6
A17
A14
A16
A03
A09 A30
A18
A15
4
11
(PS4800)
(J4800)
(J1)
(J4800)
A06 A07 (J1950)
A10 A11
A20
(J1910)
(H1)
(H2) 2
A31
A13
A25
Ref
A16
A17
A20
(J603D)
(J603)
4 7
2 A15
A12
(J211)
(J203)
SEE FIGURE A06 A13
104-A02 (J6102)
A07 1
(J607)
EXCEPT LCD SIMPLEX MODEL A08
A21 (J42)
A17 A22
A04
6 (J6202) (J13D)
(J202) (J9)
A01
A03 (J605)
A17
A04
(J605D)
8 A09
A02
A17
A05
Ref
A01
4
2
A01 5
A02
A01
7
Ref
3
2 A02 (FM1)
(J6104) A16 (J6402)
(J205)
(J604)
A11 A22
(J8301)
4
(J1000)
A03 (J606)
A19 1
(M4)
5
A20 A
(J321)
A01
(J308)
A17 A A20
A04
A12
A06
A07 A08
A10
A15 A09
A14
A05
A22
A13
A21 7
Ref
7 RM2-9337-000CN HVPS 1
A07
A06
A05
4 A10 A02
A04
A03
(J19) (J306)
(J18)
2
8 9 A09
(SL2)
(SW4) (J201)
(SW5) A09
(J301)
(PS4850)
A09
5
(M2)
(J6102)
(PS4600)
(CL2)
(J12)
A08
(J6204) 10
11 A09
A12 7
A01
A09
A11 (J206)
A09
1
(M3)
3 A09
A13 12
Ref
A09
7
A03
(J15) 8
1
A11
(PS4550)
(J4550) 12
(J4550) A10
(J4500) A07
(J4500)
6
A12
A12
A05
A14
A13 A11
A11
A16
A15
11 4
(J14)
(J6205)
2
A01
5
10
A02
A08
Ref
A28
A26 1
(FM3)
(J6404)
11 1
A21 (FM4)
A19 (J6405)
A01
A23 A08 A22
(J6201) (J4200)
A04
A24
A17 6
A14
A03 A16
A09 A31
A18
A15
3
(PS4800)
(J4800)
(J4800) (J1)
A06 A07
A10 (J1950)
A20 A11
(J4100)
A30 (SW4100)
(H1)
(J1940) (H2) 2
4
A27 A29
10 9
(J1910)
A12
A13
A25
Ref
A17
(J603D)
(J603)
A16
A15
4
(J4450)
(J6402)
(J305)
A12 1
(J211)
(J607)
A07
SEE FIGURE A06
104-A02 (J203)
A13
(J6102) (J8104)
A17
5
A18 (J42)
A09
A03 A08
(J9)
A17
(J2101)
3
(J6001)
A17
A05
Ref
A01
6
2 3
A01
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/ 2579
E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body components
(M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/
E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 550-sheet paper feeder.
13
A07 A09
A05
A26 A04
A10 A21 A03
A A25
A27 A30
A08
A06
A24
A24 A12
8 6
8 6
5 5
A A
(J104) (J104)
7 A24 7 A24
9
9
2 2
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body components (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/ 2581
M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers (M631/M632/
M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 550-sheet paper feeder.
1
2
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/ 2583
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body components
(M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/
E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 550-sheet paper feeder.
13
A07 A09
A05
A26 A04
A10 A21 A03
A A25
A27 A30
A08
A06
A24
A24 A12
8 6
8 6
5 5
A A
(J104) (J104)
7 A24 7 A24
9
9
2 2
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body components (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/ 2585
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/
M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 1x550-sheet feeder stand.
5 A04
A01 A02
A04
A05 6
A07
8 A03
A06
A08 1
A04
A05
7
A04
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/ 2587
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/
M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 1x550-sheet feeder stand.
1 (J5003) A14
A25 (J80) (J5008)
(J3)
13 (J5017)
(CL3401)
A24 (J50) (CL3402) (J2)
(SW3401)
(SW3402)
10
(J5002) 3 A25 A19 A23
A23 (J12)
A02 A25
4
A10 (M3401) A19
A25
A02
A01 A07
12
A06
A12 (SW3403)
(J25) A09
A22
A25 11
A11 6
A25 A04
8
A25
A20 A03
A27
A05
A20
A27 A25
7
2 A08
9 A25
5
A28
A26
A25
A17
A25
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 1x550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/ 2589
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/
M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 3x550-sheet feeder stand.
5 A04
A01 A02
A04
6
A03
A06
9
A05 1
A04
8 4
A04
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/ 2591
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/
M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 3x550-sheet feeder stand.
(J5013)
A13
10
A 3 A25 A25
15
(J5025)
(J5002) (M3401) (J12) A19
(M4501) (J5011) A29
(J203)
A23 (M5601) (J14)
(J5023)
A02 (J11)
A10 (CL5601) (J5016)
A25 A02 (CL5602)
(J10)
A19
A19 A23
A25
2 12 15
A12
(SW3403)
(J25)
A22 A07
A01
A06
A09
A11 A05
A04 6
A04 A04
A25 11 A25 A25
A25 A25
A03 A03 8
A03
16
5
A25 7
9 A25
16
A08
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 3x550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/ 2593
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 2,550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/
M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 2,550-sheet feeder stand.
5 A04
A01 A02
A04
6
A03
A05
A04
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 2,550-sheet feeder stand covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/ 2595
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 2,550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/
M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/
E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 2,550-sheet feeder stand.
A26
A16
(J5009)
A24 (J202) (J5005) A14
A25 (J15) (J5008)
(J3)
17 A23 A25 (CL3401) (J5017)
(J5019) 1 A15 (CL3402)
A23 (J5007) (J12) (J2)
A28
(J50) (J5003)
A19 A23
(J17)
(J80)
10
(M4501)
(J5002) 13 A25
A25
(SW3401) 4
(SW3402)
3 A25 A19 A27
A23 (J12) (J5012)
(J8)
A02 (CL4501) (J5021)
A10 (CL4502)
A25 (M3401) (J7)
2 A25
15
12 A19
A01 A07
(SW3403)
A12 (J25) A06
A22 A09
A25 11
6
A11
A25 8
A29
A25
18
(J5010) A04
5
(SW4501) (J21) A25 A05
A25 A03
A17
7
A25 19 A25
A25
9
A08
16 A20
A25
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 2,550-sheet feeder stand main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/ 2597
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: 2,100-sheet feeder stand covers (M607/M608/
M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/
E60165/E60175)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 2,100-sheet feeder stand.
5
1
A01
A01
3 4
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 2,100-sheet feeder stand covers (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/ 2599
E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts and diagrams: 2,100-sheet feeder stand main body (M607/
M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/
E60165/E60175)
Parts diagram and parts list for the 2,100-sheet feeder stand.
11
A36
(J5002)
A59
A59
(J18)
A41
A01
A43 4 (J5)
(J4)
(J16)
(J5008)
(J5017)
(J5010) 2 A40
A49 A44 A59
A62 A57
12 A17
A14 A24 A49 A57
A48 (SW3403)
(J26)
A56 (J5006)
(J27)
A56 (SW3402)
A56
A39
(J5003)
(J5004) 12
(J5024) A42
A59 (J200) 10
A56
A58
A54
A31
A46
A56 A02
A32 A59
A52 8
6
A34
A63 A60
A03
7
A35 (J200)
A33
A46
5
9
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 2,100-sheet feeder stand main body (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/ 2601
E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin covers
(M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/
E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts diagram and parts list for the Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin .
11
12
10 13
14
3
A01 5
6
1
7
15
9
2
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin covers (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/ 2603
E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main
body (1 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/
E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts diagram and parts list for the Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin .
Figure 9-28 Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main body (1 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/
E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
8 4
1 (J401)
5 1
A14 A21
(J7010)
2 A15 (J7011)
(M12) (J7012)
(J501) (J7102)
(J202) (J602)
A01 A20
10
A11 A23
A12 (J7102)
A12
(J402)
A14 A22
(J505)
A02
(J7030)
A23
A13
A19
A14
A08 A14
A14
9
(SW11) A17 A09
7 A07
A18 A07
A14 (J302)
A05 A10 6
A06
(J204) 11
(J203)
A14
A14 (J201)
A04 3
A16
(J7007)
(J7105)
(FAN11)
(J7030)
A03
A14
Ref
7 RK2-8148-000CN Stapler 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main body (1 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/ 2605
M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main
body (2 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/E60055/
E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts diagram and parts list for the Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin .
Figure 9-29 Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main body (2 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/M611/M612/
E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
4
A20
A09
(J7010) A20
A08
A08
A18 A08 A20
A08
A19 A25
A18
A22
A19 A09
4 A19 A08
A21
A08
A17
A18
(J7011) A09
A10 A01
A15
A03
A23
14
(PS116) A07
(J7013)
4 A03
(PS117)
(J7014) 14
A10 (J7012)
A06
A15
A23
A03
(PS118)
(J7015)
14
7
A06
8 (SW1)
(J604)
A10
A15 9 12
A05
A23
(J601) (J7210)
A04 (J7107)
A16
A14
(M13) A24
A23 A13 (J7107) 2
A25 A23
A23
A17
A01 5
(J101)
(J7402)
13
(J7014)
A23 (J7013)
(SL11) (J7015)
(J7201) (J603)
A12 (J7204) 1
3 (J7205)
(SL14) (J7206) 10
11
3
(SL15)
3
(SL16)
A02
A11
6 A23
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 5-bin main body (2 of 2) (M607/M608/M609/M610/ 2607
M611/M612/E60055/E60065/E60075/E60155/E60165/E60175)
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin covers
(M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/E62575/
E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin .
13
14
1
A02
A01 A03
5 10
2
3
9
4
Ref
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin covers (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/ 2609
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin main
body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/E62565/
E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Parts diagram and parts list for the Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin .
Figure 9-31 Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/M636E62555/
E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
8 4
(J401)
A23
(J101)
1 11 (J8)
5 (J501) A14 (J603)
1 A14
(J202) A18
(J402)
A22
(J15) A04 3
A01
A03
A13
A20 A11
(FAN11)
(J505)
A14 2 A15
A12
A02 (M12)
(J15)
A14
A14 A19
A08
A14 A17
9
(SW11) A09
7 A07
(J301)
(J302)
10 A07
A10
A05
A06
A14
(J204)
A16 (J203) 6
(J201)
(J7301D)
(J502)
A14
A21
(J19)
(J26)
Ref
7 RK2-8148-000CN Stapler 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Staple stacker multi-bin mailbox 2-bin main body (M631/M632/M633/M634/M635/ 2611
M636E62555/E62565/E62575/E62655/E62665/E62675)
Alphabetical parts list
Table 9-37 Alphabetical parts list